Lennox He 460V Service Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 332

9KX\OIK3GT[GR 

Model List
VEP075N432G2
VEP096N432G2
VEP120N432G2
VEP132N432G2
VEP150N432G2
VEP171N432G2
VEP196N432G2
VEP210N432G2
VEP240N432G2
……
VEP960N432G2

(Refrigerant:R410A)

Thank you for selecting LENNOX air conditioners


Contents
Preface ................................................................................................................................ 1
Safety Instructions ............................................................................................................... 1
Chapter 1 Product ................................................................................................................ 2
1 Unit List ............................................................................................................................. 2
2 Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 3
3 The Range of Production Working Temperature ............................................................. 10
Chapter 2 Commissioning.................................................................................................. 11
1 Commissioning Process ................................................................................................. 11
2 Safety Requirements ...................................................................................................... 11
3 Unit Commissioning ........................................................................................................ 12
4 Unit Function Settings ..................................................................................................... 40
Chapter 3 Faults ................................................................................................................ 71
1 Error Indication ............................................................................................................... 71
2 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 75
3 Non-fault Type Troubleshooting .................................................................................... 202
Chapter 4 Maintenance.................................................................................................... 204
1 Precautions for Refrigerant Leakage ............................................................................ 204
2 Refrigerant Charging..................................................................................................... 204
3 Refrigerant Charging Method........................................................................................ 206
4 Inspection of Key Parts ................................................................................................. 209
5 Replacement of Key Unit Parts ..................................................................................... 267
6 Explosive View and Parts List ....................................................................................... 304
Appendixes ...................................................................................................................... 310
Appendix 1 Temperature Senor Resistance and Temperature Relationship Table........... 310
Appendix 2 Refrigerant Temperature and Pressure Table ............................................... 317
Appendix 3 Pressure Sensor Voltage and Pressure Table............................................... 318
Appendix 4 Electric Specifications ................................................................................... 321
Appendix 5 Circuit Diagram ............................................................................................. 324
Appendix 6 Schematic Diagram ....................................................................................... 327
Appendix 7 Names and Functions of Components .......................................................... 330
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Preface
Thank you for purchasing DC Inverter VRF Units. For correct operation, please read this manual
carefully.
This manual applies to VRF HEseries units. It clarifies the safety requirements, basic principles and
implementation methods in engineering commissioning, troubleshooting, and after-sales maintenance.
Relevant professionals must follow the national (local) safety and technical requirements as well as this
manual. Failure to do so may result in improper functioning or damage to the air conditioning system, or
even personal injury.

Safety Instructions
Warning symbols
Symbols in this document indicate different severities and possibilities.

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury. Or indicates an unsafe behavior.

Indicates a situation which could result in equipment or property loss.

INFO

Indicates helpful tips or additional information.

JUMP

Indicates a jump connection.

1
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Chapter 1 Product
1 Unit List
1.1 Basic Modules
HP Product Code Model Power External view

8 23V12 VEP075N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

10 23V13 VEP096N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

12 23V14 VEP120N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 

14 23V15 VEP132N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

16 23V16 VEP150N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

18 23V17 VEP171N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

20 23V18 VEP196N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

22 23V19 VEP210N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz


24 23V20 VEP240N432G2 440~460V 3~ 60Hz

1.2 Combined Modules


Standard Standard
HP Model HP Model
Combination Combination
26 12+14 VEP252N432G2 62 18+22+22 VEP591N432G2
28 12+16 VEP270N432G2 64 20+22+22 VEP616N432G2
30 12+18 VEP291N432G2 66 22+22+22 VEP630N432G2
32 10+22 VEP306N432G2 68 22+22+24 VEP660N432G2
34 12+22 VEP330N432G2 70 22+24+24 VEP690N432G2
36 14+22 VEP342N432G2 72 24+24+24 VEP720N432G2
38 18+20 VEP367N432G2 74 12+18+22+22 VEP711N432G2
40 18+22 VEP381N432G2 76 16+18+20+22 VEP727N432G2
42 20+22 VEP406N432G2 78 14+20+22+22 VEP748N432G2
44 22+22 VEP420N432G2 80 14+22+22+22 VEP762N432G2
46 22+24 VEP450N432G2 82 20+20+20+22 VEP798N432G2
48 24+24 VEP480N432G2 84 20+20+22+22 VEP812N432G2
50 12+18+20 VEP487N432G2 86 18+22+22+24 VEP831N432G2
52 10+20+22 VEP502N432G2 88 20+22+22+24 VEP856N432G2
54 10+22+22 VEP516N432G2 90 22+22+22+24 VEP870N432G2
56 12+22+22 VEP540N432G2 92 22+22+24+24 VEP900N432G2
58 18+18+22 VEP552N432G2 94 22+24+24+24 VEP930N432G2
60 18+20+22 VEP577N432G2 96 24+24+24+24 VEP960N432G2

2
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2 Parameters
2.1 Parameters of Basic Modules
Model - VEP075N432G2 VEP096N432G2 VEP120N432G2 VEP132N432G2 VEP150N432G2
HP HP 8 10 12 14 16
Cooling capacity kW 22.4 28.0 33.5 40.0 45.0
Heating capacity kW 25.0 31.5 37.5 45.0 50.0
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound pressure
dB(A) 58 59 61 61 62
level)
440~460V 3~ 440~460V 3~ 440~460V 3~ 440~460V 3~ 440~460V 3~
Power -
60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 4.27 5.48 7.13 8.60 10.10
Heating power input kW 4.40 6.00 7.70 9.36 11.20
Cooling current input A 6.30 8.10 10.50 12.70 14.90
Heating current input A 6.50 8.90 11.40 13.80 16.50
Rated power input kW 13.34 14.39 14.84 17.30 18.90
Rated current A 19.6 20.0 21.0 23.9 24.2
Compressor type - Inverter scroll Inverter scroll Inverter scroll Inverter scroll Inverter scroll
Compressor function - EVI EVI EVI EVI EVI
Compressor quantity N 1 1 1 1 1
Refrigeration oil No. of
- FV68H FV68H FV68H FV68H FV68H
compressor
Gross L 4.6 4.6 4.6 6.1 6.1
Refriger
Compressor
ation oil L 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
charge
charge
The others L 3.5 3.5 3.5 5 5
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 5.5 5.5 5.7 7 7.5
Maximum drive IDU
unit 13 16 19 23 26
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ22.2 Φ25.4 Φ25.4 Φ28.6
Liquid pipe mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ12.7 Φ12.7 Φ12.7
Outline dimensions
mm 930×775×1690 930×775×1690 930×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
(W × D × H)
Packing dimensions
mm 1000×830×1855 1000×830×1855 1000×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
(W × D × H)
Net weight kg 230.0 230.0 235.0 295.0 295.0
Gross weight kg 240.0 240.0 245.0 310.0 310.0

Model - VEP171N432G2 VEP196N432G2 VEP210N432G2 VEP240N432G2


HP HP 18 20 22 24
Product Code - CN851W3220 CN851W3390 CN851W3410 CN851W3210
Cooling capacity kW 50.4 56 61.5 68
Heating capacity kW 56.5 63 69 76.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 63 64 65 66
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 11.90 13.50 15.80 19.40
Heating power input kW 13.60 15.35 16.90 19.50
Cooling current input A 17.60 19.90 23.30 28.70
Heating current input A 20.10 22.70 25.00 28.80
Rated power input kW 19.40 23.80 25.50 28.50
Rated current A 25.0 36.2 38.0 40.9

3
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP171N432G2 VEP196N432G2 VEP210N432G2 VEP240N432G2


Compressor type - Inverter scroll Inverter scroll Inverter scroll Inverter scroll
Compressor function - EVI EVI EVI EVI
Compressor quantity N 1 2 2 2
Refrigeration oil No.
- FV68H FV68H FV68H FV68H
of compressor
Refrige Gross L 6.1 7.2 7.2 7.2
ration Compressor
L 1.1 1.1×2 1.1×2 1.1×2
oil charge
charge The others L 5 5 5 5
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8 8 8.3 8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 29 33 36 39
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ28.6 Φ28.6 Φ28.6 Φ28.6
Liquid pipe mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Outline dimensions
mm 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
(W × D × H)
Packing dimensions
mm 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
(W × D × H)
Net weight kg 300.0 355.0 355.0 360.0
Gross weight kg 315.0 370.0 370.0 375.0

4
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.2 Parameters of Combined Modules


Model - VEP252N432G2 VEP270N432G2 VEP291N432G2 VEP306N432G2
HP HP 26 28 30 32
- 12+14 12+16 12+18 10+22
Combination mode
- 23V14+23V15 23V14+23V16 23V14+23V17 23V13+23V19
Cooling capacity kW 73.5 78.5 83.9 89.5
Heating capacity kW 82.5 87.5 94.0 100.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 65 65 66 64
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 7.13+8.60 7.13+10.10 7.13+11.90 5.48+15.80
Heating power input kW 7.70+9.36 7.70+11.20 7.70+13.60 6.00+16.90
Cooling current
A 10.5+12.7 10.5+14.9 10.5+17.6 8.1+23.3
input
Heating current
A 11.4+13.8 11.4+16.5 11.4+20.1 8.9+25.0
input
Rated power input kW 14.84+17.30 14.84+18.90 14.84+19.40 14.39+25.50
Rated current A 21+23.9 21+24.2 21+25 20+38
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 5.7+7 5.7+7.5 5.7+8 5.5+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 43 46 50 53
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ31.8 Φ31.8 Φ31.8 Φ31.8
Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05
Outline dimensions 930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+
mm
(W × D × H) 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
Packing dimensions 1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 235+295 235+295 235+300 230+355
Gross weight kg 245+310 245+310 245+315 240+370

Model - VEP330N432G2 VEP342N432G2 VEP367N432G2 VEP381N432G2


HP HP 34 36 38 40
- 12+22 14+22 18+20 18+22
Combination mode
- 23V14+23V19 23V15+23V19 23V17+23V18 23V17+23V19
Cooling capacity kW 95.0 101.5 106.4 111.9
Heating capacity kW 106.5 114.0 119.5 125.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 67 67 67 68
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 7.13+15.80 8.60+15.80 11.90+13.50 11.90+15.80
Heating power input kW 7.70+16.90 9.36+16.90 13.60+15.35 13.60+16.90
Cooling current
A 10.5+23.3 12.7+23.3 17.6+19.9 17.6+23.3
input
Heating current
A 11.4+25.0 13.8+25.0 20.1+22.7 20.1+25.0
input
Rated power input kW 14.84+25.50 17.30+25.50 19.40+23.8 19.40+25.50
Rated current A 21+38 23.9+38 25+36.2 25+38
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 5.7+8.3 7+8.3 8+8 8+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 56 59 63 64
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ31.8 Φ38.1 Φ38.1 Φ38.1

5
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP330N432G2 VEP342N432G2 VEP367N432G2 VEP381N432G2


Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05
Outline dimensions 930×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
mm
(W × D × H) 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
Packing dimensions 1000×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 235+355 295+355 300+355 300+355
Gross weight kg 245+370 310+370 315+370 315+370

Model - VEP406N432G2 VEP420N432G2 VEP450N432G2 VEP480N432G2


HP HP 42 44 46 48
- 20+22 22+22 22+24 24+24
Combination mode
- 23V18+23V19 23V19+23V19 23V19+23V20 23V20+23V20

Cooling capacity kW 117.5 123.0 129.5 136.0


Heating capacity kW 132.0 138.0 145.5 153.0
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 68 69 69 70
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 13.50+15.80 15.80+15.80 15.80+19.40 19.40+19.40
Heating power input kW 15.35+16.90 16.90+16.90 16.90+19.50 19.50+19.50
Cooling current
A 19.9+23.3 23.3+23.3 23.3+28.7 28.7+28.7
input
Heating current
A 22.7+25.0 25.0+25.0 25.0+28.8 28.8+28.8
input
Rated power input kW 23.8+25.50 25.50+25.50 25.50+28.50 28.50+28.50
Rated current A 36.2+38 38+38 38+40.9 40.9+40.9
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8+8.3 8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 64 64 64 64
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ38.1 Φ38.1 Φ38.1 Φ41.3
Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05
Outline dimensions 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
mm
(W × D × H) 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
Packing dimensions 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 355+355 355+355 355+360 360+360
Gross weight kg 370+370 370+370 370+375 375+375

Model - VEP487N432G2 VEP502N432G2 VEP516N432G2 VEP540N432G2


HP HP 50 52 54 56
- 12+18+20 10+20+22 10+22+22 12+22+22
Combination mode
- 23V14+23V17+23V18 23V13+23V18+23V19 23V13+23V19+23V19 23V14+23V19+23V19

Cooling capacity kW 139.9 145.5 151.0 156.5


Heating capacity kW 157.0 163.5 169.5 175.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 68 69 69 69
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 7.13+11.90+13.50 5.48+13.50+15.80 5.48+15.80+15.80 7.13+15.80+15.80
Heating power input kW 7.70+13.60+15.35 6.00+15.35+16.90 6.00+16.90+16.90 7.70+16.90+16.90
Cooling current input A 10.5+17.6+19.9 8.1+19.9+23.3 8.1+23.3+23.3 10.5+23.3+23.3
Heating current input A 11.4+20.1+22.7 8.9+22.7+25.0 8.9+25.0+25.0 11.4+25.0+25.0
Rated power input kW 14.84+19.40+23.8 14.39+23.8+25.50 14.39+25.50+25.50 14.84+25.50+25.50
Rated current A 21+25+36.2 20+36.2+38 20+38+38 21+38+38

6
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP487N432G2 VEP502N432G2 VEP516N432G2 VEP540N432G2


Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 5.7+8+8 5.5+8+8.3 5.5+8.3+8.3 5.7+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 66 69 71 74
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ41.3 Φ41.3 Φ41.3 Φ41.3
Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05
930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+ 930×775×1690+
Outline dimensions
mm 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
(W × D × H)
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+ 1000×830×1855+
Packing dimensions
mm 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
(W × D × H)
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 235+300+355 230+355+355 230+355+355 235+355+355
Gross weight kg 245+315+370 240+370+370 240+370+370 245+370+370

Model - VEP552N432G2 VEP577N432G2 VEP591N432G2 VEP616N432G2


HP HP 58 60 62 64
- 18+18+22 18+20+22 18+22+22 20+22+22
Combination mode
- 23V17+23V17+23V19 23V17+23V18+23V19 23V17+23V19+23V19 23V18+23V19+23V19

Cooling capacity kW 162.3 167.9 173.4 179.0


Heating capacity kW 182.0 188.5 194.5 201.0
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 69 69 70 70
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 11.90+11.90+15.80 11.90+13.50+15.80 11.90+15.80+15.80 13.50+15.80+15.80
Heating power input kW 13.60+13.60+16.90 13.60+15.35+16.90 13.60+16.90+16.90 15.35+16.90+16.90
Cooling current input A 17.6+17.6+23.3 17.6+19.9+23.3 17.6+23.3+23.3 19.9+23.3+23.3
Heating current input A 20.1+20.1+25.0 20.1+22.7+25.0 20.1+25.0+25.0 22.7+25.0+25.0
Rated power input kW 19.40+19.40+25.50 19.40+23.8+25.50 19.40+25.50+25.50 23.80+25.50+25.50
Rated current A 25+25+38 25+36.2+38 25+38+38 36.2+38+38
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8+8+8.3 8+8+8.3 8+8.3+8.3 8+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 77 80 80 80
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ41.3 Φ41.3 Φ41.3 Φ41.3
Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05 Φ19.05
1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
Outline dimensions
mm 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
(W × D × H)
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
Packing dimensions
mm 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
(W × D × H)
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 300+300+355 300+355+355 300+355+355 355+355+355
Gross weight kg 315+315+370 315+370+370 315+370+370 370+370+370

Model - VEP630N432G2 VEP660N432G2 VEP690N432G2 VEP720N432G2


HP HP 66 68 70 72
- 22+22+22 22+22+24 22+24+24 24+24+24
Combination mode
- 23V19+23V19+23V19 23V19+23V19+23V20 23V19+23V20+23V20 23V20+23V20+23V20

Cooling capacity kW 184.5 191.0 197.5 204.0


Heating capacity kW 207.0 214.5 222.0 229.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound pressure
dB(A) 70 71 71 71
level)

7
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP630N432G2 VEP660N432G2 VEP690N432G2 VEP720N432G2


Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling power input kW 15.80+15.80+15.80 15.80+15.80+19.40 15.80+19.40+19.40 19.40+19.40+19.40
Heating power input kW 16.90+16.90+16.90 16.90+16.90+19.50 16.90+19.50+19.50 19.50+19.50+19.50
Cooling current input A 23.3+23.3+23.3 23.3+23.3+28.7 23.3+28.7+28.7 28.7+28.7+28.7
Heating current input A 25.0+25.0+25.0 25.0+25.0+28.8 25.0+28.8+28.8 28.8+28.8+28.8
Rated power input kW 25.50+25.50+25.50 25.50+25.50+28.50 25.50+28.50+28.50 28.50+28.50+28.50
Rated current A 38+38+38 38+38+40.9 38+40.9+40.9 40.9+40.9+40.9
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 80 80 80 80
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ41.3 Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5
Liquid pipe mm Φ19.05 Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2
1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
Outline dimensions (W
mm 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
× D × H)
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
Packing dimensions
mm 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
(W × D × H)
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 355+355+355 355+355+360 355+360+360 360+360+360
Gross weight kg 370+370+370 370+370+375 370+375+375 375+375+375

Model - VEP711N432G2 VEP727N432G2 VEP748N432G2 VEP762N432G2


HP HP 74 76 78 80
- 12+18+22+22 16+18+20+22 14+20+22+22 14+22+22+22
Combination mode 23V14+23V17+23V19+ 23V16+23V17+23V18+ 23V15+23V18+23V19+ 23V15+23V19+23V19+
-
23V19 23V19 23V19 23V19
Cooling capacity kW 206.9 212.9 219.0 224.5
Heating capacity kW 232.0 238.5 246.0 252.0
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 70 70 71 71
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
7.13+11.90+15.80+15.8 10.10+11.90+13.50+15. 8.60+13.50+15.80+15. 8.60+15.80+15.80+15.
Cooling power input kW
0 80 80 80
7.70+13.60+16.90+16.9 11.20+13.60+15.35+16. 9.36+15.35+16.90+16. 9.36+16.90+16.90+16.
Heating power input kW
0 90 90 90
Cooling current input A 10.5+17.6+23.3+23.3 14.9+17.6+19.9+23.3 12.7+19.9+23.3+23.3 12.7+23.3+23.3+23.3
Heating current input A 11.4+20.1+25.0+25.0 16.5+20.1+22.7+25.0 13.8+22.7+25.0+25.0 13.8+25.0+25.0+25.0
14.84+19.40+ 18.90+19.40+ 17.30+23.80+ 17.30+25.50+
Rated power input kW
25.50+25.50 23.80+25.50 25.50+25.50 25.50+25.50
Rated current A 21+25+38+38 24.2+25+36.2+38 23.9+36.2+38+38 23.9+38+38+38
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 5.7+8+8.3+8.3 7.5+8+8+8.3 7+8+8.3+8.3 7+8.3+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 80 80 80 80
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5
Liquid pipe mm Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2
930×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
Outline dimensions 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
mm
(W × D × H) 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1000×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
Packing dimensions 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 235+300+355+355 295+300+355+355 295+355+355+355 295+355+355+355
Gross weight kg 245+315+370+370 310+315+370+370 310+370+370+370 310+370+370+370

8
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP798N432G2 VEP812N432G2 VEP831N432G2 VEP856N432G2


HP HP 82 84 86 88
- 20+20+20+22 20+20+22+22 18+22+22+24 20+22+22+24
Combination mode 23V18+23V18+23V18+ 23V18+23V18+23V19 23V17+23V19+23V19 23V18+23V19+23V19
-
23V19 +23V19 +23V20 +23V20
Cooling capacity kW 229.5 235.0 241.4 247.0
Heating capacity kW 258.0 264.0 271.0 277.5
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound pressure
dB(A) 71 70 71 72
level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
13.50+13.50+13.50+15. 13.50+13.50+15.80+1 11.90+15.80+15.80+19 13.50+15.80+15.80+19
Cooling power input kW
80 5.80 .40 .40
15.35+15.35+15.35+16. 15.35+15.35+16.90+1 13.60+16.90+16.90+19 15.35+16.90+16.90+19
Heating power input kW
90 6.90 .50 .50
Cooling current input A 19.9+19.9+19.9+23.3 19.9+19.9+23.3+23.3 17.6+23.3+23.3+28.7 19.9+23.3+23.3+28.7
Heating current input A 22.7+22.7+22.7+25.0 22.7+22.7+25.0+25.0 20.1+25.0+25.0+28.8 22.7+25.0+25.0+28.8
23.80+23.80+23.80+25. 23.80+23.80+25.50+2 19.40+25.50+25.50+28 23.80+25.50+25.50+28
Rated power input kW
50 5.50 .50 .50
Rated current A 36.2+36.2+36.2+38 36.2+36.2+38+38 25+38+38+40.9 36.2+38+38+40.9
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8+8+8+8.3 8+8+8.3+8.3 8+8.3+8.3+8.3 8+8.3+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU
unit 80 80 80 80
NO.
Gas pipe mm Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5
Liquid pipe mm Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2
1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
Outline dimensions (W 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
mm
× D × H) 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
Packing dimensions 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 355+355+355+355 355+355+355+355 300+355+355+360 355+355+355+360
Gross weight kg 370+370+370+370 370+370+370+370 315+370+370+375 370+370+370+375

Model - VEP870N432G2 VEP900N432G2 VEP930N432G2 VEP960N432G2


HP HP 90 92 94 96
- 22+22+22+24 22+22+24+24 22+24+24+24 24+24+24+24
Combination mode 23V19+23V19+23V19 23V19+23V19+23V20 23V19+23V20+23V2 23V20+23V20+23V20+
-
+23V20 +23V20 0+23V20 23V20
Cooling capacity kW 252.5 259.0 265.5 272.0
Heating capacity kW 283.5 291.0 298.5 306.0
Outdoor static
Pa 0~110 0~110 0~110 0~110
pressure
Noise (sound
dB(A) 72 72 72 73
pressure level)
Power - 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz 440~460V 3~ 60Hz
15.80+15.80+15.80+1 15.80+15.80+19.40+1 15.80+19.40+19.40+ 19.40+19.40+19.40+19
Cooling power input kW
9.40 9.40 19.40 .40
16.90+16.90+16.90+1 16.90+16.90+19.50+1 16.90+19.50+19.50+ 19.50+19.50+19.50+19
Heating power input kW
9.50 9.50 19.50 .50
Cooling current input A 23.3+23.3+23.3+28.7 23.3+23.3+28.7+28.7 23.3+28.7+28.7+28.7 28.7+28.7+28.7+28.7
Heating current input A 25.0+25.0+25.0+28.8 25.0+25.0+28.8+28.8 25.0+28.8+28.8+28.8 28.8+28.8+28.8+28.8
25.50+25.50+25.50+2 25.50+25.50+28.50+2 25.50+28.50+28.50+ 28.50+28.50+28.50+28
Rated power input kW
8.50 8.50 28.50 .50
Rated current A 38+38+38+40.9 38+38+40.9+40.9 38+40.9+40.9+40.9 40.9+40.9+40.9+40.9
Refrigerant type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Refrigerant charge kg 8.3+8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3+8.3 8.3+8.3+8.3+8.3
Maximum drive IDU unit 80(85)* 80(90)* 80(95)* 80(100)*

9
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Model - VEP870N432G2 VEP900N432G2 VEP930N432G2 VEP960N432G2


NO.

Gas pipe mm Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5 Φ44.5


Liquid pipe mm Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2 Φ22.2
1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
Outline dimensions 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
mm
(W × D × H) 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+ 1340×775×1690+
1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690 1340×775×1690
1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
Packing dimensions 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
mm
(W × D × H) 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+ 1400×830×1855+
1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855 1400×830×1855
Net weight kg 355+355+355+360 355+355+360+360 355+360+360+360 360+360+360+360
Gross weight kg 370+370+370+375 370+370+375+375 370+375+375+375 375+375+375+375
NOTICE!:*The maximum connection quantity of indoor unit in the brace should be engineering
customized.

3 The Range of Production Working Temperature


— Cooling Heating
Ambient temperature -15ȭ*(5ȯ ~48ȭ(118.4ȯ DB -25ȭ(-13ȯ~24ȭ(75.2ȯ DB
Indoor temperature 14ȭ57.2ȯ ~25ȭ(77ȯ WB 15ȭ(59ȯ ~27ȭ(80.6ȯ DB
Indoor humidity ≤80%
*Note: Cooling at -15~ -5 ȭ (5~23 ȯ ) is conditional. Please inquire our engineers for more

information. Generally, the lowest operating temperature for cooling is -5ȭ (23ȯ).

When the indoor units are all VRF fresh air processor, the unit operating range is as follows:
Cooling Ambient temperature: 16ȭ(60.8ȯ ~45ȭ(113ȯ
Heating Ambient temperature: -7ȭ(19.4ȯ ~16ȭ(60.8ȯ

If exceeding the temperature range for working, the product may be damaged, which is not within
the warranty range.

10
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Chapter 2 Commissioning

Before performing operations (such as commissioning, maintenance, and repair) on the device, you
need to shut down the unit and cut off the power, and use a relevant instrument to ensure that the
voltage at the power input terminal is zero, and the power indicator on the main board is off. Otherwise,
an electric shock or injury may be caused.

The unit features a low-power standby function. When the unit is standby, the power indicators on
the main control board and the drive board are on.

1 Commissioning Process
Preparation before
commissioning

Verification of installation

Unit checking

Commissioning

2 Safety Requirements

Safety measures must be taken for outdoor operations. All involved commissioning personnel and
maintenance personnel must master the building construction safety regulations and strictly follow them.
Special workers like refrigeration workers, electricians, and welders must hold special work licenses
and cannot work on other posts.
When the device is operated, the power of the entire system must be cut off, and the equipment
safety requirements must be strictly followed.
All installation and maintenance operations must comply with the product design requirements and
national and local safety requirements.
It is strictly forbidden to directly connect the compressor to the power.

11
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3 Unit Commissioning
3.1 Preparation
3.1.1 Tools
Name Picture

Screwdrivers

Spanner

Hex key

Pincers

Vacuum pump

Electronic balance

Pressure gauge

Multimeter

12
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3.1.2 Files
To record the installation and commissioning of the unit, all the following documents need to be
prepared: minutes of the pre-commissioning scheme determining meeting, commissioning personnel
record form, pre-commissioning checklist, commissioning data record form, and commissioning report.
Minutes of the commissioning scheme determining meeting:

Minutes of the commissioning scheme determining meeting for XXX project:


Theme: xxx
Date: xxx
Place: xxx
Participants: xxx
Details: xxx
1
2
3

Checklist of the commissioning system appearance:


Checklist of the equipment appearance of xxx air-conditioning project
Item Defect Inspector Time
Outdoor unit
appearance
Refrigerating Indoor unit
system appearance
Copper pipe
insulation
Condensate
Drainage system water pipe
insulation
Power cable
diameter
Power cable
Electrical system
layout
Air circuit
breaker
Communication
cable material
Communication
Communication
system
cable
connection

13
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Commissioning data record form


Project name: Unit model:
Debugger: Date:
Rated capacity of Rated capacity of
Total length of the
the outdoor unit the indoor unit
refrigerant pipe (m):
(kW): (kW):
Maximum drop
between the indoor
Supplemented refrigerant (kg):
unit and outdoor
unit (m(ft.)):
Commissioning status: □ Cooling □ Heating Qty and capacity of indoor units:
Status Parameter Unit Before Startup 30 min 60 min
Outdoor ambient
Status parameters of the outdoor unit

°C
temperature
Power voltage V
Frequency Hz
Compressor current A
Discharge
°C
temperature
High system
°C
pressure
Low system
°C
pressure
...
Rated capacity kW
Parameters of indoor unit 1#

Ambient
°C
temperature
Air position Position
Temperature at the
°C
air outlet
Outlet airflow M/S
Noise dB
Drainage pan —
Rated capacity kW
Parameters of indoor unit 2#

Ambient
°C
temperature
Air position Position
Temperature at the
°C
air outlet
Outlet airflow M/S
Noise dB
Drainage pan —

14
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3.1.3 Checking

Items not complying with installation specifications need to be recorded in time as analysis basis for
the test of the refrigerating system.
Checklist before commissioning

Checklist Before VRF HE Commissioning

Category No. Item Reference Value Qualified Inspector

Are the engineering design


1 ü
Installation drawings complete?
drawings Is the project constructed according
2 ü
to the design drawings?
Is there any pollution source in the
outdoor unit installation
Refer to the outdoor unit
3 environment, and is the outdoor unit
installation.
installation location selected
correctly?
Is the outdoor unit foundation firm?
Installation Refer to the outdoor unit
4 Do vibration reduction and drainage
environment installation.
meet the requirements?
Are the outdoor unit basic modules Refer to the outdoor unit
5
installed at the same level? installation.
Does the outdoor unit operate with
6 static pressure? Is the ü
corresponding static pressure set?
Is the rated capacity of the internal
7 and external units of the cooling 50% to 135%
system within 50%~135%?
Is the fresh air unit access capacity
8 ≤30%
within 30%?
VRF HE cannot be
Is VRF HE connected to outdoor
9 connected to outdoor units in
units in other series?
other series.
≤100 m with the outdoor unit
Does the drop between the indoor
up
10 and outdoor units meet the unit
≤110 m with the outdoor unit
design requirements?
down
Does the drop between indoor units
11 ≤30 m
meet the unit design requirements?
Is the length of the pipe from the
Refrigerating 12 outdoor unit to the farthest indoor ≤200m
system unit less than or equal to 200 m?
Is the total length of the piping less
13 ≤1000 m
than 1000 m?
Is the length of the outdoor unit to
The pipe diameter needs to
the first branch joint greater than 90
14 be increased when the
m? If yes, is the pipe diameter
length is greater than 90 m.
increased accordingly?
Is the distance between an indoor ≤15 m. When the length
unit and the nearest branch joint exceeds 10 m, the diameter
greater than 15 m? If yes, is the of a liquid pipe whose
diameter of a liquid pipe whose original diameter is less than
15 original diameter is less than or or equal to 6.35 mm, or the
equal to 6.35 mm, or the diameter diameter of a gas pipe
of a gas pipe whose original whose original diameter is
diameter is less than or equal to less than or equal to 9.52
9.52 mm be increased? mm needs to be increased.
The inclination of indoor and Branch joints need to be
16 outdoor branch joints should not installed horizontally. Refer
exceed the specified requirements. to branch joint installation.

15
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Checklist Before VRF HE Commissioning

Category No. Item Reference Value Qualified Inspector

Is the stop valve of each module


17 ü
open to the maximum opening?

At this time, the high and low


pressures of the system are
in balance, and the
Is the refrigerant pressure normal? difference between the
Connect the high pressure gauge of saturation temperature
the pressure gauge to the liquid corresponding to the
18 pipe valve of the outdoor unit, balanced pressure value and
connect the low pressure gauge to the ambient temperature
the gas pipe valve, and read the (higher one of the indoor and
value. outdoor temperatures) does
Refrigerating not exceed 5°C. If it exceeds
system 5°C, check for the outdoor
unit leakage.

Is there any leakage of chiller oil at


the valve?
If so, immediately check for valve
leakage with soap bubbles or a leak
19 ü
detector. If leakage is confirmed,
stop subsequent commissioning at
once, and continue the work only
after the problem is solved.

Is the outdoor unit being warmed up


20 for more than 2 hours before ü
commissioning?
Is the power cable connected
21 correctly? Is the terminal block ü
secure?
Is the power cable appearance in The appearance is in good
22
good condition and not exposed? condition and not exposed.
The power capacity is not
Is the power capacity less than the
23 less than the maximum
maximum power of the unit?
power of the unit.
Is there any poorly connected
All components are reliably
24 electrical component detected
connected.
when the power is off?
Do the cable diameters of the
Refer to electrical
25 indoor and outdoor units meet the
installation.
unit design requirements?
Electrical Do the circuit breaker and leakage
system Refer to electrical
26 switch meet the unit design
installation.
requirements?
The power voltage, phase
sequence, and frequency
Do the power voltage, phase
are consistent with those on
27 sequence, and frequency meet the
the unit nameplate, and the
unit requirements?
voltage fluctuates within
±10%.
Is the power cable more than 1 m
28 ü
away from a TV?

Is there any strong electromagnetic


interference, dust, acid and alkaline
29 ü
gas in the environment where the
unit is located?

16
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Checklist Before VRF HE Commissioning

Category No. Item Reference Value Qualified Inspector


Does the communication cable
30 material meet the unit design ü
requirements?
Is the communication connection
31 between outdoor unit modules ü
correct?
Is the DIP switch of the master unit
32 ü
of the outdoor unit module correct?
Is the communication between the
33 outdoor master unit and the indoor Serial connection
unit correct?
Is the communication connection
34 ü
Communication between indoor units correct?
system Is the communication connection
35 between the indoor unit and the ü
wired controller correct?
Is the last communication indoor
36 unit installed with a communication ü
build-out resistor?
The communication cable cannot
be laid in the same trough as the
power cable. It is laid separately in
a flame-retardant hard PVC pipe.
37 ü
The parallel spacing between a
communication cable and a
strong-current cable is greater than
20 cm.
Does the indoor unit drain pipe
38 ü
have a slope of 1/100?
Does the height of the indoor unit
39 riser drain pipe meet the ü
requirements?
Does the indoor unit drain
40 ü
smoothly?
Is there a U-shaped trap for indoor
Indoor unit 41 ü
unit drainage?
installation
Is there a soft joint at the air outlet
and air return vent of the indoor
42 ü
unit? Does the return air have a
static pressure box?
Does the indoor unit water pipe
43 ü
have an emptying port?
Is a "main" label attached to the
44 wired controller or panel of the main ü
indoor unit?

3.2 Debugging and Operation


3.2.1 Precautions
(1) Do set one (only one) module as the main module during debugging.
(2) When there is no special requirement, the other functions do not need to be set, and it can be
operated according to the factory settings. For special functions, please refer to the related
technical documents.
(3) Installation and debugging operation must comply with the relevant regulations of the local
country or region.

17
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(4) Debugging must be carried out by a professional or under the guidance of a professional. Do
not debug the air conditioning unit by yourself.
(5) All scattered objects, especially metal chips, wire ends and clamps, should be removed from
the body.
(6) Check if the terminals of the electrical components in the unit are loose and the phase
sequence is correct.
(7) Before debugging, all pipeline valves of the unit are required to be open.
(8) Power cannot be supplied until all installation work is completed.
(9) Before conducting the debugging, please ensure that the compressor has been preheated for
more than 2 hours, and check whether the preheating is normal by hand. Debugging can be
started up only when the preheating is normal, otherwise the compressor may be damaged.

(10) When starting up the debugging, the system automatically selects the operating mode
according to the current ambient temperature.
(11) When debugging, the front panel of the outdoor unit must be completely closed, otherwise it will
affect the accuracy of debugging (as shown in the figure as below).

(12) Button description:


Short press: press the button for 3s and then release it;
Hold the button for 5s: press the button for 5-10s and then release it;
Hold the button for 10s: press the button for 10s and then release it.

3.2.2 Basic Introduction for Engineering Debugging


3.2.2.1 Debugging Method
DC inverter multi VRF unit has three debugging methods at present:

18
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(1) Conduct it by pressing the buttons on the main board of outdoor unit.
(2) Install proprietary software to conduct the debugging through PC. Indoor and outdoor units’
parameters displayed simultaneously through PC software.
(3) Use multi-functional debugger. (As for the detailed operation method for debugging, please
refer to corresponding instruction manual.)

3.2.2.2 Basic Operations


Operation Action Remarks
Press and hold the SW3 confirm button on
Commissioning start —
the master unit for over 5 seconds.
After entering this mode, the system no
Selection of During the commissioning, press and hold
longer detects the communication status
non-wired-controller the SW1 up button and SW4 back button
between the indoor unit and the wired
commissioning for over 5 seconds to enter
controller, and the indoor unit can be
mode non-wired-controller commissioning mode.
commissioned without a wired controller.
In commissioning status, press and hold
the SW3 confirm button on the master
Commissioning exit —
module for over 5 seconds to exit
commissioning.
For example, if the system receives a
During commissioning, press the SW4 back commissioning pause signal when
Commissioning button on the master unit to keep the status performing step 10 "Main pipeline status
pause of the completed previous commissioning detection before startup", the system returns
phase of the current phase. to the waiting phase after step 9 "Refrigerant
detection before startup”.
In commissioning pause status, press the
Commissioning
SW4 back button on the master unit to —
resume
continue to perform commissioning.

3.2.2.3 Display instruction for each stage progress at the time of debugging
Instruction for each stage progress at the time of debugging
Deubugging
ü Progress code Status code
code
LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
db ON 01 ON A0 ON Undebugged status.
The system hasn’t set master module. It needs
db ON 01 ON CC ON
to reset it.
01_ set up
master unit The system has set more than 2 master
db ON 01 ON CF ON
modules. It needs to reset it.
Master module setting is succeeded. It will
db ON 01 ON OC ON
automatically enter into the next step.
The system is conducting the address
db ON 02 ON Ad Flash
02_allocate assignment.
addresses Address assignment is succeeded. It will
db ON 02 ON OC ON
automatically enter into the next step.
LED3 displays the module quantity. It needs to
db ON 03 ON 01~04 Flash
03_module manually confirm the module quantity.
quantity Once the system module quantity is confirmed,
confirmation db ON 03 ON OC ON it will automatically enter into the next step for
judgment.

19
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Instruction for each stage progress at the time of debugging


Deubugging
ü Progress code Status code
code
LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
××/ The
quantity
LED3 displays the quantity of online indoor
04_indoor unit db ON 04 ON of online Flash
units.
quantity indoor
confirmation units
Indoor unit’s quantity inspection is finished.
db ON 04 ON OC ON
Enter into the next step automatically.
The system has detected “communication
db ON 05 ON C2 ON malfunction between main control and inverter
compressor driver”.
The system has detected “communication
db ON 05 ON C3 ON malfunction between main control and inverter
05_ detect fan driver”.
internal
Indoor/outdoor unit’s “rated capacity ratio is too
communication db ON 05 ON CH ON
high”.
Indoor/outdoor unit’s “rated capacity ratio is too
db ON 05 ON CL ON
low”.
System inspection is finished. Enter into the
db ON 05 ON OC ON
next step automatically.
correspod
The system has detected the fault of outdoor
06_ outdoor db ON 06 ON ing error ON
unit’ components.
unit code
components The system detected that there’s no outdoor
inspection db ON 06 ON OC ON unit fault. Enter into the next step
automatically.
The system detected an indoor unit fault.
XXXX indicates engineering number of fault
XXXX/cor
indoor unit, and the corresponding fault code is
respoding
db ON 07 ON displayed 2s later. For example, if there is D5
07_indoor unit error ON
fault in the No. 100 indoor unit, LED3 displays
componets code
as follows: 01 (after 2s) 00 (after 2s) d5, and
inspection they will be displayed circularly.
The system detected that there’s no outdoor
db ON 07 ON OC ON unit fault. Enter into the next step
automatically.

08_compress db ON 08 ON U0 ON Preheat time for compressor is insufficient.


or preheat Preheat time for compressor is enough. Enter
confirmation db ON 08 ON OC ON
into the next step automatically.
The system refrigerant is insufficient. Please
09_refrigerant db ON 09 ON U4 ON charge the refrigerant until the fault is
judge before eliminated.
startup The system refrigerant judge is normal. Enter
db ON 09 ON OC ON
into the next step automatically.
10_ status db ON 10 ON ON ON Starting up the operation.
judgment of
db ON 10 ON U6 ON Main pipeline status is abnormal.
main pipeline
before
db ON 10 ON OC ON Main pipeline status is normal.
starting

20
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Instruction for each stage progress at the time of debugging


Deubugging
ü Progress code Status code
code
LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
11_ reserved
db ON 11 ON AE ON ü
function
12_ reserved
db ON 12 ON 01 ON ü
function
13/14/1
db ON ON AC ON Test run under heating mode.
5
13/14/1
db ON 5 ON AH ON Test run under cooling mode.

Correspo
13/14/1 nding There is fault in the pilot run stage.
db ON 5 ON ON
error Note: fault module display.
code
13~15_ pilot
run stage 13/14/1 There is fault in the pilot run stage.
db ON 5 ON J0 ON
Note: non-fault module display.
The system detected the indoor unit’s pipeline
is abnormal. XXXX indicates the engineering
number of fault indoor unit. Error code U8 is
13/14/1
db ON 5 ON XXXX/U8 ON displayed after 2s. For example, if the U8 fault
occurs in the No. 100 indoor unit, LED3
displays as follows: 01 (after 2s) 00 (after 2s)
U8, and they will be displayed circularly.
Notice: In the pilot run stage, the unit will display corresponding procedures according to actual
circumstances.
When master module displays as below, the complete unit has conducted the debugging and it
stays at the standby status.
Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
The complete unit has conducted the
debugging and the unit is under standby status.
01~04 ON OF ON OF ON
LED1 displays module address; LED2 and
LED3 displays “OF”.

In commissioning status and before the above commissioning processes are completed, when the
SW1 up button and SW4 back button are pressed for over 5 seconds, the system enters
non-wired-controller commissioning mode, and no longer detects the communication status between the
wired controller and indoor units.

21
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3.2.3 Debugging Through the Main Board of Outdoor Unit


When conducting the debugging through the main board of outdoor unit, the main board has the
following debugging operation functions.
Step 1: Cover all the front panels of the outdoor unit and open the debugging window of each basic
module.
Step 2: When the outdoor unit is powered off, set one of the modules as the master module. For the
setting method, see “Master Module DIP Switch Code Setting (SA8_MASTER-S)”.
Step 3: Under the power-on state of the outdoor unit, set the corresponding static pressure module
for the unit according to the design requirements of the outdoor static pressure of the project.
Step 4: The module address is displayed as “01” is the master module. On the master module,
press and hold the SW3 confirmation button for 5 seconds or press the SW3 confirmation button for
more than 10 seconds to enter the unit debugging function.
Step 5: Wait. The unit automatically runs the steps 01 and 02 at this time.
If the master module is set incorrectly in step 01, the following corresponding fault is displayed in
step 01:
Debugging
ü Progress code Status code
code
LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
Mater module hasn’t been set in the
db ON 01 ON CC ON
system. It needs to reset it.

01_ set up More than two master modules are set in


db ON 01 ON CF ON
master unit the system and it needs to reset it.
Mater module of system has been set
db ON 01 ON OC ON successfully. Enter into the next step
automatically.

According to the above fault phenomenon, reset the master module according to the setting method
of “Master Module DIP Switch Code Setting (SA8_MASTER-S)”, and re-enter into the debugging after
setting.
During the assignment process, all module digital tubes displays are as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
02_allocate addresses db ON 02 ON Ad Flash
Step 6: When the unit is running to step 03, it displays the number of modules connected to the
outdoor connection. At this time, the main board of each module is displayed as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
03_ module quantity Module
db ON 03 ON Flash
confirmation quantity

22
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

After 30s of display, the automatic display is as follows; if press SW3 button within 30s, the display
is as follows. The unit automatically enters the next step of debugging:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
03_module quantity
db ON 03 OC OC ON
confirmation
Note: It is important to confirm that the number of online outdoor unit modules is the same as that of
actual modules; otherwise it will need to conduct the inspection and debugging again.
Step 7: When the unit is running to step 04, the number of online connected indoor unit is displayed.
At this time, the main board of each module is displayed as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
The quantity
04_indoor unit
db ON 04 ON of online Flash
quantity confirmation
indoor units
After 30s of display, the display is as follows; if press SW3 button within 30s, the display is as
follows. The unit automatically enters the next step of debugging:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
04_indoor unit
db ON 04 ON OC ON
quantity confirmation
Note: It is important to confirm that the number of online indoor unit modules is the same as that of
actual connected indoor units for the project; otherwise it will need to conduct the inspection and
debugging again.
Step 8: Step 05 of the unit debugging is “detect internal communication”.
If there is no abnormality in the detection, the display is below, and then it automatically enters the
next step of detection.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
Once the system
05_detect inspection is
internal db ON 05 ON OC ON completed, it will enter
communication into the next step
automatically.
If an abnormality is detected, it will stay in the current state and manual troubleshooting is required.
The corresponding faults are as below:

23
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ü Debugging code Progress code Status code


LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
The system has detected
“communication
db ON 05 ON C2 ON malfunction between main
control and inverter
compressor driver”.
The system has detected
“communication
db ON 05 ON C3 ON malfunction between main
05_ detect internal
control and inverter fan
communication
driver”.

Indoor/outdoor units’ rated


db ON 05 ON CH ON
capacity ratio is too high.

Indoor/outdoor units’ rated


db ON 05 ON CL ON
capacity ratio is too low.

Refer to the part of “Troubleshooting” for the corresponding troubleshooting method.


Step 9: The unit debugging step 06 is “outdoor unit components inspection”.
If there is no abnormality in the detection, the display is below, and then it automatically enters the
next step of detection.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display
Code Code Code Display status
status status
The system detected that
06_outdoor unit there’s no fault for outdoor
components db ON 06 ON OC ON unit’s parts. Then it will
inspection automatically enter into
the next step.
If an abnormality is detected, it will stay in the current state and manual troubleshooting is required.
The corresponding faults are as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
06_outdoor unit The system detected that
Corresponding
components db ON 06 ON ON there’s fault for outdoor
error code
inspection unit’s parts.
Refer to the part of “Troubleshooting” for the corresponding troubleshooting method.
Step 10: The unit debugging step 07 is “indoor unit componets inspection”.
If there is no abnormality in the detection, the display is as below, and then it automatically enters
the next step of detection.

ü Debugging code Progress code Status code


Meaning
Progress LED1 LED2 LED3

24
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Display Display Display


Code Code Code
status status status
The system detected
07_indoor unit that there’s no fault for
components db ON 07 ON OC ON indoor unit’s parts. Then
inspection it will automatically enter
into the next step.
If an abnormality is detected, it will stay in the current state and manual troubleshooting is required.
The corresponding faults are as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display Display
Code Code
status status status status
07_indoor unit XXXX/ The system detected that
components db ON 07 ON correspodin ON there’s fault for indoor
inspection g error code unit’s parts.
XXXX indicates the engineering no. of fault indoor unit. 3s later, the corresponding error code will be
displayed. For example, if d5 fault occurs for No.100 indoor unit, LED3 displays as below: 01 (2s later)
00(2s later) d5, and they will display like that circularly.
Refer to the part of “Troubleshooting” for the corresponding troubleshooting method.
Step 11: The debugging step 08 is “compressor preheat confirmation”.
If the preheat time has reached for 2h, the display is as below. Then it will enter into the next step for
inspection.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
Compressor’s preheat time has
08_compressor
db ON 08 ON OC ON reached 2h, and then it will enter
preheat confirmation
into the next step.
If the preheat time for compressor hasn’t reached 2h, there will be abnormal phenomenon. The
display is as below.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
08_compressor preheat The preheat time for compressor
db ON 08 ON U0 ON
confirmation hasn’t reached 2h.
Step 12: Unit debugging step 09 is “refrigerant judgment before startup”.
If the amount of refrigerant inside the system satisfies the requirements for starting the operation,
the display is as below. Then it will automatically enter into the next step.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
09_refrigerant The system refrigerant judgment is
judgement before db ON 09 ON 0C ON normal. It will automatically enter
startup into the next step.
If there is no refrigerant in the system or the amount of refrigerant does not meet the requirements
for starting operation, the unit will display U4 “Refrigerant-lacking protection”, as shown below. The unit

25
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

will enter into the next step. At this time, it is necessary to check whether there is a leak or charge some
refrigerant until the abnormality is eliminated.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
The refrigerant in the system is
09_refrigerant
insufficient. Please charge
judgement before db ON 09 ON U4 ON
refrigerant until the fault
startup
disappears.
Step 13: Unit debugging step 10 is “status judgment of main pipeline before starting”.
If the main module displays as below, it indicates the unit is starting the operation for judgment.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
10_ status judgment of
main pipeline before db ON 10 ON ON ON Starting and operating.
starting
If the unit has detected the abnormal status, the display is as below:
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
10_ status judgment of
main pipeline before db ON 10 ON U6 ON Main pipeline is abnormal.
starting
At this time, it is necessary to check whether the gas valve and the liquid valve are completely open
or whether the main pipeline is blocked. Once inspection is completed, you can return to the previous
step by pressing SW4 button to re-enter the judgment.
If inspection valve of the unit is normal, the display is as below. The unit will automatically enter into
the next step.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
10_ status judgment of
The main pipeline is turned on
main pipeline before db ON 10 ON OC ON
normally.
starting
Step 14: Unit debugging step 11 is “reserved function”.
The main module display is as below. The unit automatically enters into the next step.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
11_ reserved function db ON 11 ON AE ON ü
Step 15: Unit debugging step 12 is “reserved function”.
The master module display is as below. Then the unit automatically enters into the next step.
ü Debugging code Progress code Status code
Meaning
Progress LED1 LED2 LED3

26
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Display Display Cod Display


Code Code
status status e status
12_reserved function db ON 12 ON 01 ON ü
Step 16: After the unit debugging method is confirmed, the system automatically selects cooling or
heating mode according to the ambient temperature.
Once cooling/heating mode is selected, the relevant display is as below.
Debugging
ü Progress code Status code
code
LED1 LED2 LED3 LED1 LED2 LED3 Meaning
Progress Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
13/14/1
db ON ON AC ON Pilot run of cooling mode
5
13/14/1
db ON 5 ON AH ON Pilot run of heating mode

13/14/1 Corresponding There’s fault on pilot run stage.


db ON 5 ON ON
error code Note: fault module display
13/14/1 There’s fault on pilot run stage.
db ON 5 ON J0 ON
Note: non-fault module display
13~15_ pilot
run stage 13/14/1 Outdoor unit’s pipeline or valve is
db ON 5 ON U9 ON
abnormal.
The system detected the indoor unit’s
pipeline is abnormal. XXXX indicates
engineering number of fault indoor unit.
13/14/1
db ON ON XXXX/U8 ON 2s later, U8 fault occurred for No. 100
5
indoor unit. LED3 will display as below:
01 (2s later) 00 (2s later) U8, and it will
display like that circularly.

In the pilot run stage, the unit will display corresponding procedures according to actual
circumstances.
Once debugging is completed, resume the standby status and the display is as below:
Debugging code Progress code Status code
LED1 LED2 LED3
Meaning
Display Display Display
Code Code Code
status status status
The complete unit has finished the
debugging and it stays at standby
01~04 ON OF ON OF ON status. LED1 displays module
address; LED2 and LED3 displays
“OF”.
Once the debugging for the complete unit is finished, please set relevant functions for the unit
according to the actual functional requirements of the project. Refer to relative technical materials for the
detailed operation method. If there is no special requirement, skip this step directly.
When delivery it to the user for operation, explain the precautions to the user.

3.2.4 Unit Commissioning on Commissioning Software


Step 1: Install the commissioning software.

27
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Install the commissioning software on a PC, and connect the monitoring communication cable. (For
details, see Lennox Debugger.)
Step 2: Cover all the front panels of the outdoor unit.
Step 3: Set the master module.
Keep the outdoor unit disconnected from the power and set one module to the master unit as
follows:
Master unit setting (SA8):
Master and Slave
DIP Switch (Two Digits)
Unit Setting
Position 1 2

Master unit ON OFF

Slave unit OFF OFF

Step 4: Power on the indoor and outdoor units.


Power on all indoor and outdoor units. In this case, all modules of the outdoor unit indicate that the
unit is in "Not commissioning" status.

LED3
Step 5: Set the static pressure for the outdoor unit.
When the indoor and outdoor units are powered on, and the unit is to be commissioned, set the
static pressure mode for the unit according to the design requirements for the outdoor static pressure of
the project. Five static pressure modes are available: The factory default static pressure mode 0
represents 0 Pa outdoor static pressure, mode 1 represents 30 Pa, mode 2 represents 50 Pa, mode 3
represents 80 Pa, and mode 4 represents 110 Pa.
Each basic module can be set separately or uniformly by the master module. When basic modules
are set separately, the static pressure value of each module can be different; when the modules are set
uniformly, the static pressure value of each module remains the same. When a static pressure value is
set in either of the two modes, the previous mode setting limit is automatically released. The static
pressure value of each basic module is subject to the last received set value. The setting procedure is as
follows:
When the unit is to be commissioned, press and hold the SW1 up button on the master unit for over
5 seconds. The system enters the function setting status. The master unit displays "A7 (blinking) 00
(blinking) 00 (blinking)" by default, and other modules display current statuses.
Then, press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button on the master unit to select the
corresponding function/parameter till "A7 (blinking) 00 (blinking) 00 (blinking)" is displayed, indicating
outdoor static pressure setting. Press the SW3 confirm button to enter the function setting. The master
unit displays as follows, and other basic modules display in normal working mode:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status

28
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

1G On 01 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding basic module: 00
means all modules, 01~04 means module 1 to module 4.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1G On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 03 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 04 Blinks OC Blinks

After selecting the corresponding basic module, press the SW3 confirm button. The module displays
as follows. The current factory default status is 00. Value 00 represents 0 Pa outdoor static pressure, 01
represents 30 Pa, 02 represents 50 Pa, 03 represents 80 Pa, and 04 represents 110 Pa.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding static pressure
mode for the outdoor unit.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 Blinks
1G On ADD On 01 Blinks
1G On ADD On 02 Blinks
1G On ADD On 03 Blinks
1G On ADD On 04 Blinks

After selecting the corresponding static pressure mode for the outdoor unit, press the SW3 confirm
button. The master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 On
1G On ADD On 01 On
1G On ADD On 02 On
1G On ADD On 03 On
1G On ADD On 04 On
Each basic module memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and
power-on again. The default value is 00.
Step 6: Switch the commissioning software to the commissioning control interface.
Click "Debug" to switch to the engineering commissioning interface. The unit will automatically
operate the commissioning modules listed in this interface from top to bottom and from left to right. Note:
The commissioning function only applies to the single-system network.

29
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 7: Click "Start" to enter the commissioning function


Click "Start" to enter the commissioning function and the software automatically performs

commissioning. " " indicates that commissioning is being performed on the phase and " "
indicates that commissioning is passed on the phase.

30
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

For the phase with "OK" displayed, a manual confirmation is required for entering the next
commissioning step. In processes "3 Confirm number of outdoor basic modules" and "4 Confirm the
number of IDUs", if the number of online units is consistent with the actual number, click Confirm or wait
for 30 seconds to go to the next process. If the displayed number of online units is inconsistent with the
actual number in the project, manual check and commissioning again are required for confirmation. Click
" " to display relevant information detected on this phase, which provides references for selection.
Click "Close" to close the information (the number of commissioning units is displayed in "3 Confirm
number of outdoor basic modules" and "4 Confirm the number of IDUs", as shown in the red boxes in the
figure below.)

31
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

In step “8 Compressor preheating confirmation”, the current preheat time is directly displayed, as
shown in the red box in the figure below. If the system currently detects that all the basic modules have
been continuously powered on for 2 hours or more, or the previous time when the modules were
powered on for 2 hours or more is less than 2 hours from the current time, preheat is completed and the
system can proceed to the next process. Otherwise, the system prompts UO (insufficient compressor
preheat time).

32
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

" " indicates that commissioning is not passed on the phase and troubleshooting is required
(after troubleshooting, the unit automatically enters the next step if no "OK" exists or click "OK" to enter

the next step). Click " " to display relevant information detected on this phase, which provides
references for troubleshooting. Click "Close" to close the information.

33
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

During commissioning, click "Stop" to stop commissioning and then click "Start" to continue
commissioning till commissioning ends. "Back" and "Skip" are provided in "10 ODU valves check before
startup". When an exception occurs in step 10, click "Back" to return to step 9 and then click "OK" in step
9 to perform commissioning again for step 10. If a U6 fault (valve exception) occurs in step 10, users can
click "Skip" to skip the fault. For other faults, "Skip" is unavailable.

34
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

In step "11 Select charging method", the system automatically selects manual or auto charging
mode. You can directly choose manual charging. If no operation is performed within 3 minutes, manual
charging is automatically entered.

35
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

In step "13 Refrigerant charging running" is divided into trial running in manual charging cooling
mode or manual charging heating mode. The system automatically determines and enables indoor unit
cooling or forcibly enables indoor unit heating. When the system runs for 60 minutes without exception, it
determines that the refrigerant is normal, the unit is shut down, and the commissioning is completed.
Alternatively, after staying for 65 minutes in the process, the commissioning is exited and completed.
The interface after the commissioning is shown below. "Debugging completed" indicates that the
commissioning is completed, and the system enters normal standby status 5 seconds later. Step "13
Refrigerant charging running" is reserved.

36
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

During commissioning, users must listen to the operating sound of outdoor and indoor fans and
compressors to check for exceptions.

3.2.5 Unit Commissioning by Using Multi-functional Debugger


Step 1: Connect multi-functional debugger. For details, see the user manual of multi-functional
debugger.
Step 2: Set the address DIP switch (SA8) of the master outdoor unit to 00. Otherwise, it is invalid.
Step 3: Click Unit Debug on the home page to enter the commissioning page.

Step 4: On the commissioning page, click Startup to start commissioning or click Stoppage to stop
commissioning.

37
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 5: During commissioning, multi-functional debugger shows the current process (step). In steps
3, 4, 8, and 12, click Confirm to go to the next step. In step 10, click Skip or Back. In steps 3, 4, 5, 6, and
7, you can view the details.
Step 6: After the commissioning, the outdoor unit displays "01 AC" or "AH OF" (or a fault, if any, or
"on" when the unit is started up).

After the product is used, the cable connection of the air-conditioner unit must be recovered.
Otherwise, the actual use will be affected.

3.2.6 After Commissioning


Organize and save the data. Make complete and detailed records of exceptions and corresponding
solutions in the commissioning process for future maintenance and query. Finally, export the
commissioning report and hand it over to the user.
After the commissioning, instruct the user of the following precautions:
When the outdoor unit is continuously powered off for more than 24 hours, it must be warmed up for
at least 2 hours to avoid damage to the compressor.

38
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3.2.7 Reference Values of Unit Normal Operation Parameters


(Commissioning Check)
Debugging Parameter Reference Value for DC Inverter VRF Unit
No. Debugging item Parameter name Unit Reference value Remark
Outdoor ambient
1 ȭδȯε — —
temperature
Discharge pipe
2 temperature of inverter ȭδȯε —
compressor 1 ● When the compressor starts running,
the normal discharge pipe of cooling or
Shell top tube shell top temperature is 70~95ȭ
3 temperature of inverter ȭδȯε˄158~203ȯ˅, above 10ȭ˄50ȯ˅ —
compressor 1
higher than the saturation temperature of
system high pressure; the normal
Discharge pipe
4 temperature of inverter ȭδȯεheating temperature is 65~90ȭ —
compressor 2 ˄149~194ȯ˅, above 10ȭ˄50ȯ˅
higher than the saturation temperature of
Shell top tube system high pressure.
5 temperature of inverter ȭδȯε —
compressor 2

● When the system is running in cooling


mode, the temperature of defrosting
temperature sensor is 5~11ȭ˄41~51.8
Temperature of ȯ˅ lower than system high pressure;
6 Outdoor defrosting temperature ȭδȯε● When the system is running in heating —
System unit’s sensor mode, the temperature difference
parameter parameter between the defrosting temperature
sensor and the system low pressure is
about 2ȭ˄35.6ȯ˅.

● The normal high pressure value of the


system is 20ȭ˄68ȯ˅ ~55ȭ˄131ȯ˅.
According to the change of ambient
temperature and the change of operating
capacity of the system, the high pressure
value of the system is 10ȭ˄50ȯ˅
~40ȭ˄104ȯ˅ higher than the ambient
temperature. The higher the ambient
temperature, the smaller the temperature
difference;
7 System high pressure ȭδȯε● When the unit operating in the cooling —
mode at the ambient temperature of
25~35ȭ˄77~95ȯ˅, the system high
pressure value is 44~56ȭ˄111.2~132.8
ȯ˅;
● When the unit operating in the heating
mode at the ambient temperature of
-5~10ȭ˄23~50ȯ˅, the system high
pressure value is 40~56ȭ˄104~132.8
ȯ˅;

39
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Debugging Parameter Reference Value for DC Inverter VRF Unit


No. Debugging item Parameter name Unit Reference value Remark
● When the unit operating in the
cooling mode at the ambient temperature
of 25~35đ˄77~95ē˅, the system low
pressure value is 0~8đ˄32~46.4ȯ˅;
8 System low pressure ȭδȯε —
● When the unit operating in the heating
mode at the ambient temperature of
-5~10đ˄23~50ē˅, the system low
pressure value is -15~5ȭ˄5~41ȯ˅;
● During cooling operation, the electronic
Opening of electronic expansion valve of heating is 3000PLS;
9 expansion valve of PLS ● During heating operation, the —
heating adjustable range of the opening of
Outdoor electric expansion valve opening is
unit’s 720~3000PLS.
parameter Operation frequency of
10 Hz ● Change among 20Hz~140Hz —
inverter compressor
IPM module ● IPM module temperature is lower than
11 temperature of inverter ȭδȯε80đ˄176ē˅. The highest temperature —
compressor doesn’t exceed 95đ˄203ē˅.
System ● The normal bus voltage is 1.414 times
parameter of the Power voltage. For example, if the
three-phase Power voltage is 208V, then
Drive bus voltage of
12 V the rectified bus voltage is: 208V×1.414 —
inverter compressor
= 294V. The normal deviation between
the measured value and the calculated
value within 15V.
● Adjust the operation in the range of
Fan operation
13 Hz 0~75Hz according to the system —
frequency
pressure adjustment.
Inlet tube temperature ● According to the ambient temperature,
14 of indoor heat ȭδȯεthe inlet temperature is 1đ˄33.8ē˅ —
exchanger ~7đ˄44.6ē˅lower than the outlet
temperature for the same indoor unit
under cooling mode.
Outlet tube temperature ●The inlet temperature is 10 ~20đ
15 of indoor heat ȭδȯε —
Indoor ˄50~68ē˅lower than the outlet
exchanger
unit’s temperature for the same indoor unit
parameter under the heating mode.
● 2000PLS electronic expansion valve:
the opening is adjusted automatically in
Opening of indoor
the range of 200~2000PLS;
16 electronic expansion PLS —
● 480PLS electronic expansion valve:
valve
the opening is adjusted automatically in
the range of 70~480PLS.
● The indoor unit drains smoothly and
thoroughly, and the condensate water
Drainage pipe has no slope water storage; the
17 — — —
system outdoor unit can drain water from the
drain pipe without dripping directly from
the unit foundation.
●There is no abnormal noise for the
operation of the compressor, indoor fan
18 Other — — —
and outdoor fan. The unit is running
normally.

4 Unit Function Settings

40
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.1 DIP Switch Settings


Master/
Capacity DIP switch Centralized controller Slave unit

Code Name Meaning Default Setting Remarks


Capacity DIP Defines the rated Depending on The DIP switch is set by the
SA1_capacity
switch capacity of the unit. the model factory and cannot be changed.
Defines and The code is used only for
Address DIP
distinguishes addresses centralized control. Otherwise,
switch for
SA2_Addr-CC of different systems for 00000 keep the default setting. This
centralized
centralized control of address can be set only on the
control
multiple systems. master unit.
Exactly one module must be
Master
configured as the master
module Defines the master
SA8_MASTER-S 00 module in a refrigerating
setting DIP module.
system. The master module
switch
status is set by default.

ķ The function DIP switches must be set when the outdoor unit is powered off. A DIP switch setting
takes effect after the unit is re-powered on.
ĸ The master module SA8 DIP switch must be reset in the project. SA1 DIP switch cannot be
changed. The default settings of other DIP switches do not need to be changed if there are no
special requirements.

4.1.1 Unit Capacity DIP Switch (SA1_capacity)


This DIP switch is set by the factory before shipment, and cannot be changed. Otherwise, the
system will work abnormally and even damage the compressor.

4.1.2 Address DIP Switch for Centralized Control (SA2_Addr-CC)


This DIP switch indicates the address for centralized control of different refrigerating systems. It is
set to 0000× by default.
If centralized control is not required between multiple refrigerating systems, keep the default setting
of this DIP switch.
If centralized control is required between multiple refrigerating systems, set as follows:
(1) Be sure to set the DIP switch on the master unit.
(2) Setting this DIP switch on non-master units in a refrigerating system is invalid and
unnecessary.
(3) Be sure to set the address DIP switch for centralized control (SA2_Addr-CC) on the master
unit of a refrigerating system to "0000x". Then, this system is the main system.
(4) Set the address DIP switch for centralized control (SA2_Addr-CC) on the master units of
other refrigerating systems as follows:
SA2
Address No.
DIP1 DIP2 DIP3 DIP4 DIP5

41
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

1 0 0 0 × 2
0 1 0 0 × 3
1 1 0 0 × 4
0 0 1 0 × 5
1 0 1 0 × 6
0 1 1 0 × 7
1 1 1 0 × 8
0 0 0 1 × 9
1 0 0 1 × 10
0 1 0 1 × 11
1 1 0 1 × 12
0 0 1 1 × 13
1 0 1 1 × 14
0 1 1 1 × 15
1 1 1 1 × 16

ķ DIP switch at the ON end indicates 0;


ĸ DIP switch at the other end indicates 1;
Ĺ × indicates invalid.
(5) This DIP switch of different refrigerating systems cannot be set the same. Otherwise, an
address conflict will occur and the unit will not operate.

4.1.3 Master Module Setting DIP Switch (SA8_MASTER-S)


This DIP switch defines module management setting for a system. Exactly one module must be
configured as the master module (in power-off state) in a refrigerating system. The setting method is as
follows:
Master Module Setting DIP Switch (SA8_MASTER-S)
DIP1 DIP2 Remarks
0 0 Master module
1 0 Submodule
When delivered, all modules are in "00" master module status by default. When multiple modules
are connected in parallel, only one module remains in master module status, and other modules are set
to submodule status. When a module is used independently, the default settings can be used.
On the basic module set to the master module, the module address on the main board is displayed
as "01".

ķ When the DIP switch is not set to the above values, a DIP switch setting exception occurs.
ĸ Exactly one module must be configured as the master module in a refrigerating system.
Other modules are in submodule status.
Ĺ Settings must be performed in power-off status.
ĺ When delivered, all modules are in "00" master module status by default.

4.1.4 DIP Switch Examples

42
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(1) DIP switch position description


DIP switch at the ON end indicates 0; DIP switch at the other end indicates 1.
The white lever is DIP switch position.
ON White lever ON
position
White lever
position

"0" status "1" status

(2) Example
This example describes master module settings. If a system has three modules, namely modules a,
b and c, to set module c to the master module and the other two modules to submodules, do as follows:
Module c (master module) Modules a and b (submodules)
White lever White lever
ON position
ON
position

White lever
position White lever
position

0 0 1 0

SA8_MASTER-S SA8_MASTER-S

4.2 System Function Operations

ķ System function settings and queries must be performed after the entire system is
commissioned.
ĸ System function settings and queries can be performed regardless of whether the entire
system is running or not.

4.2.1 Function Buttons


There are four function buttons on the main board of the outdoor unit, as shown below:
Up Down
▲ ▼ Confirm Back

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4


Names and Functions of the Buttons
Button No. Code Function
SW1 Up Selects the upper item.
SW2 Down Selects the lower item.
SW3 Confirm Confirms the selection.
SW4 Back Returns to the previous operation.

4.2.2 Function Description


43
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Function Default Setting


Function Name Description Remarks
Code Code Meaning
This function is automatically started
during maintenance. Based on the
system pressure change, this This function can
A2 Refrigerant recycle — —
function recycles all or partial only be set.
refrigerant of the faulty module or the
indoor unit pipeline.
The unit can be set to cooling and
Cooling/heating of heating, cooling only, heating only, or Cooling and This function can
A6 nA
the entire system fan mode for centralized heating be set and queried.
management.
Outdoor silence This function sets different silence This function can
A7 00 No silence
mode modes based on the user's needs. be set and queried.
During maintenance, the system
After-sales vacuum automatically turns on all electronic
This function can
A8 pumping mode expansion valves and solenoid — —
only be set.
valves to ensure that all lines can be
vacuumed.
This function can automatically
Capability
reduce power consumption of the This function can
n0 Auto energy saving 01 priority
unit based on system operating be set and queried.
control
parameters.
This function forcibly enables
This function can
n3 Forced defrosting defrosting of the outdoor unit of the — —
only be set.
system.
This function forcibly reduces the 100%
Forced energy This function can
n4 maximum power consumption of the 10 capability
saving be set and queried.
unit. output
When different refrigerating systems
Indoor unit are controlled in a centralized
This function can
n5 engineering SN manner, this function avoids the — —
only be set.
offset conflict of indoor unit engineering
numbers.
This function is
One-button
This function opens the water valves applicable to
drainage of
qJ of all dual-heat-source indoor units in — — drainage in
dual-heat-source
the system. non-heating
units
seasons.
Normal
Compressor operation of
C8 — 00 —
emergency setting the
compressor
Normal
Module emergency
CA — 00 operation of —
setting
the module
Normal
Fan emergency
C9 — 00 operation of —
setting
the fan
Outdoor static 0 Pa static
1G — 00 —
pressure setting pressure
Normal
Emergency setting
4J — 00 operation of —
of components
components

44
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.2.3 Function Operations


Before setting every function, perform the following steps to select the function you want to set. The
following premise steps will not be repeated.
Premise steps for function setting:
Step 1: Open the commissioning window on the main board of the master unit.
Step 2: Power on the entire system.
Step 3: Press and hold the SW1 up button on the master unit for over 5 seconds. The system enters
the function setting status. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other modules display
current statuses.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A7 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button on the master module to select the
corresponding function/parameter:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Function Name
code status process status status status
A7 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Outdoor unit silence
Cooling/heating of the entire
A6 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
system
A2 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Refrigerant recycle
A8 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks After-sales vacuum pumping
n0 Blinks 01 Blinks 00 Blinks Auto energy saving
n3 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Forced defrosting
n4 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Forced energy saving
Indoor unit engineering SN
n5 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
offset
qJ Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks One-button drainage
C8 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Compressor emergency setting
CA Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Module emergency setting
C9 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan emergency setting
Emergency setting of
4J Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
components
Adaptive control of weather
1b Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
parameters
1F Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks SRL low-pressure control
1G Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Outdoor static pressure setting
1H Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Efficient module rotation
4n Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Adaptive control of noise
Forced switch of the electric
4q Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
heater of an indoor unit
5L Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan reverse dust removal
5n Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan anti-snow

After selecting the function to be set, press the SW3 confirm button to enter the function setting. The
master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3 Function Name

45
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Function Display Current Display Current Display


code status process status status status
A7 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Outdoor unit silence
Cooling/heating of the entire
A6 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
system
A2 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Refrigerant recycle
A8 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks After-sales vacuum pumping
n0 On 01 Blinks 00 Blinks Auto energy saving
n3 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Forced defrosting
n4 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Forced energy saving
Indoor unit engineering SN
n5 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
offset
qJ On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks One-button drainage
C8 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Compressor emergency setting
CA On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Module emergency setting
C9 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan emergency setting
Components and parts
4J On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
emergency setting
Adaptive control of weather
1b On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
parameters
1F On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks SRL low-pressure control
1G On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Outdoor static pressure setting
1H On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Efficient module rotation
4n On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Adaptive control of noise
Forced switch of the electric
4q On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks
heater of an indoor unit
5L On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan reverse dust removal
5n On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks Fan anti-snow

Then, set the function/parameter accordingly.


After entering the function/parameter setting status, press the SW4 back button to return to the previous
process or exit the function setting status. If you do not press any button in 5 minutes, the system will
automatically exit the current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status.

4.2.3.1 "A2" Refrigerant Recycle


Introduction:
This function is mainly used to recycle some refrigerant in the faulty module or the indoor unit
pipeline during unit maintenance. The table below lists the maximum amount of refrigerant that can be
recycled:
Maximum Amount of Refrigerant to Be
Basic Module Model
Recycled
VEP075N432G2 6
VEP096N432G2 6
VEP120N432G2 6
VEP132N432G2 8.5
VEP150N432G2 8.5
VEP171N432G2 8.5
VEP196N432G2 13
VEP210N432G2 13
VEP240N432G2 13

46
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Refrigerant recycle can be divided to two modes: fault module refrigerant recycle and indoor unit
pipeline refrigerant recycle.
Refrigerant Recycle
Refrigerant Recycle Mode Name Remarks
Mode Code
This mode is selected when an indoor unit is faulty,
Indoor unit pipeline refrigerant
01 and the refrigerant in the indoor unit pipeline needs
recycle
to be recycled to the outdoor unit.
This mode is selected when a basic module is
faulty, and the refrigerant in the basic module
02 Basic module refrigerant recycle
needs to be recycled to other pipelines and
modules.

After entering refrigerant recycle, the outdoor unit automatically starts, and recycles the refrigerant
to the pipeline of the outdoor unit or indoor unit.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter A2 refrigerant recycle, and ensure that the master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A2 On 01 Blinks 00 Blinks

Step 2: When the default value 01 is displayed, press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button
to select the corresponding recycle mode. Press SW3 to confirm the selected mode.
Press the SW4 back button on the master module to return to the previous process or exit the
function setting status.
If you do not press any button in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the current screen and
the unit will resume displaying the current status.
Indoor unit pipeline refrigerant recycle:
Step 3: Select 01 in step 2 to enter indoor unit pipeline refrigerant recycle. The LEDs of all basic
modules display as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A2 On 01 On [Module low pressure Ps] On

LED3 shows the low pressure value of the module. If it is negative, LED3 circularly displays
negative value code "nE" and the numerical value every 1 second. For example, for –30, LED3 circularly
displays nE for 1 second, and 30.
Step 4: When the system prompts for manual operation of refrigerant recycle, press SW3 on the
master unit to confirm refrigerant recycle. The entire system will stop immediately, and cannot be
restarted in 10 minutes. After 10 minutes, the system will exit refrigerant recycle, and enter standby
status.
Then, press the SW4 back button to return to the previous process to resume the standby status of
the entire system. (During setting, press SW4 to return to the previous process. If the setting is
completed, press SW4 to resume the unit to the current normal working status.)
Note:
After refrigerant recycle, the system cannot be restarted within 10 minutes.

47
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Basic module refrigerant recycle:


Step 3: Set the basic module that needs refrigerant recycle to emergency status, close the liquid
pipe stop valve of the module in emergency status, and then select 02 in step 2 to enter refrigerant
recycle of the basic module, as shown below:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
Module high
A2 On 02 On On
pressure

LED3 displays the high pressure value of the module.


Step 4: When the high pressure value displayed by LED3 continuously blinks (if the high pressure is
below 0, 0 is displayed), quickly close the air pipe stop valve of the emergency module, and press SW3
on the master unit to confirm refrigerant recycle. The entire system will stop immediately. If the high
pressure value displayed by LED3 continuously blinks and you do not operate in 3 minutes, the system
forcibly stops.
Press the SW4 back button on the master module to return to the previous process or exit the
function setting status.
Note:
Before the refrigerant recycle of a basic module, the liquid pipe stop valve of the basic module must
be closed. After refrigerant recycle, the system cannot be restarted within 10 minutes.

4.2.3.2 "A6" Cooling/Heating of the Entire System


Introduction:
This function sets the cooling/heating mode of the entire system. Available modes include:
Outdoor Unit Function Mode
Available Indoor Unit Operation Modes
Code Name
Cooling and Cooling, dry, heating, and fan
nA
heating (Note: Heating mode cannot run with other modes at the same time.) (Default setting)
nC Cooling only Cooling, dry, and fan
Heating and fan
nH Heating only
(Note: Heating mode cannot run with other modes at the same time.)
nF Fan Fan

The user or administrator needs to set the mode of the outdoor unit based on the actual usage to
avoid conflicts.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter A6 cooling/heating setting of the entire system, and ensure that the master module
displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A6 On nC Blinks nC Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding
cooling/heating mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
A6 On nC Blinks nC Blinks

48
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

A6 On nH Blinks nH Blinks
A6 On nA Blinks nA Blinks
A6 On nF Blinks nF Blinks

Step 3: After selecting the mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
A6 On nC On nC On
A6 On nH On nH On
A6 On nA On nA On
A6 On nF On nF On

Press the SW4 back button on the master module to return to the previous process or exit the
function setting status.
The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is nA cooling and heating mode.

4.2.3.3 A7 Outdoor Silence Mode


Introduction:
This function is mainly used in scenarios where the user requires low ambient noise. Smart night
silence mode and forced silence mode are available.
In smart night silence mode, the highest ambient temperature during the day is automatically
determined, and then silent operation is entered after a certain duration.
To ensure low-noise operation at night. Smart night silence mode has nine options:
Silence Mode Code Noise Level
Mode 1 01
Mode 2 02
Mode 3 03
Mode 4 04 Low noise
Mode 5 05
Mode 6 06
Mode 7 07
Mode 8 08 Medium-low noise
Mode 9 09 Ultra low noise

Highest temperature during the day generally appears during 13:00 and 15:00.
In forced silence mode, the system operates in low-noise mode regardless of day or night. This
mode has three options:
Silence Mode Code Noise Level
Mode 10 10 Low noise
Mode 11 11 Medium-low noise
Mode 12 12 Ultra low noise

After a silence mode is set, the system capability will be attenuated. Therefore, the noise and the

49
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

capability need to be balanced when a silence mode is selected.


No silence is set by default, that is, "00" status.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter A7 outdoor silence mode, and ensure that the master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Silence mode
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
code
A7 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding silence
mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Silence mode
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
code
A7 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 03 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 04 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 05 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 06 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 07 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 08 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 09 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 10 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 11 Blinks OC Blinks
A7 On 12 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 3: After selecting the corresponding silence mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master
module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Silence mode
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
code
A7 On 00 On OC On
A7 On 01 On OC On
A7 On 02 On OC On
A7 On 03 On OC On
A7 On 04 On OC On
A7 On 05 On OC On
A7 On 06 On OC On
A7 On 07 On OC On
A7 On 08 On OC On
A7 On 09 On OC On
A7 On 10 On OC On
A7 On 11 On OC On
A7 On 12 On OC On

Press the SW4 back button on the master module to return to the previous process or exit the
function setting status.
The default status is 00, that is, no silence.

4.2.3.4 A8 After-Sales Vacuum Pumping Mode


Introduction:

50
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

This function is used to ensure the vacuum of the entire system during maintenance and to avoid
dead pipeline zones. When this function is set, both the expansion valve and the solenoid valve of the
unit will open.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter A8 after-sales vacuum pumping mode, and ensure that the master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A8 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

The system enters the to-be-confirmed status of vacuum pumping mode.


Step 2: Press the SW3 button. The system enters the confirmed status of vacuum pumping mode
and all modules display as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
A8 On 00 On OC On

At this time, the expansion valves of all indoor and outdoor units are open, and the entire system
cannot be started.
When you press the SW4 back button on the master unit for over 5 seconds or the vacuum pumping
status remains for 24 hours, the entire system exits the status.

4.2.3.5 n0 Auto Energy Saving


Introduction:
This function sets the user-required energy saving mode. The default mode is capability priority
control.
After energy saving mode is set, the system capability will deteriorate.
Code Function Name
01 Capability priority control (default setting)
02 Energy saving priority control

Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter n0 system energy saving operation, and ensure that the master unit displays as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n0 On 01 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n0 On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
n0 On 02 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 3: After selecting the mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master unit displays as
follows:

51
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

LED1 LED2 LED3


Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n0 On 01 On OC On
n0 On 02 On OC On

If you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the
current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status. (During setting, press SW4 to
return to the previous process. If the setting is completed, press SW4 to resume the unit to the current
normal working status.)

4.2.3.6 n3 Forced Defrosting


Introduction:
This function is used when forced defrosting is required during unit maintenance. After entering
forced defrosting, the system automatically exits according to the exit conditions, and then automatically
runs according to the system conditions.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter n3 forced defrosting, and ensure that the master unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n3 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n3 On 00 On 00 On

If the defrosting condition is not met, the module displays the set mode. If the setting is completed,
press SW4 to resume the unit to the current normal working status.
When the defrosting exit condition is met, the system automatically exits and resumes normal
running control.

4.2.3.7 n4 Forced Energy Saving Mode


Introduction:
The maximum output capability limit is used in scenarios where the user needs to forcibly limit the
system power consumption. Available functions are as follows:
Code Maximum Output Capability
10 100% (default setting)
09 90%
08 80%

After the capability limit is set, the cooling or heating effect is correspondingly reduced.
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter n4 maximum output capability limit setting, and ensure that the master unit displays
as follows:

52
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

LED1 LED2 LED3


Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n4 On 10 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding value.

LED1 LED2 LED3


Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n4 On 10 Blinks OC Blinks
n4 On 09 Blinks OC Blinks
n4 On 08 Blinks OC Blinks

Step 3: After selecting the value, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n4 On 10 On OC On
n4 On 09 On OC On
n4 On 08 On OC On

If you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the
current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status. (During setting, press SW4 to
return to the previous process. If the setting is completed, press SW4 to resume the unit to the current
normal working status.)

4.2.3.8 n5 Indoor Unit Engineering SN Offset


Introduction:
When different refrigerating systems are controlled in a centralized manner (by remote monitoring or
a centralized controller), this function sets the engineering numbers of indoor units and avoids their
conflict among different systems, and therefore must be set.
Set this function only in the master system, whose centralized control address SA2 is "0000×". For
details, see the settings in section "Address DIP Switch for Centralized Control (SA2_Addr-CC)".
Setting steps:
Step 1: Enter n5 indoor unit engineering SN offset, and ensure that the master unit displays as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n5 On 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Step 2: Press the SW3 confirm button to send the engineering number offset instruction. The
master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode

53
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

n5 On 00 On OC On

After 10s, the system exits the mode and enters normal working.

4.2.3.9 1G Outdoor static pressure setting


Each basic module can be set separately or uniformly by the master module.
When basic modules are set separately, the static pressure value of each module can be different;
when the modules are set uniformly, the static pressure value of each module remains the same. When
a static pressure value is set in either of the two modes, the previous mode setting limit is automatically
released.
The static pressure value of each basic module is subject to the last received set value.
Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1G On 01 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding basic module: 00
means all modules, 01~-04 means module 1 to module 4.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1G On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 03 Blinks OC Blinks
1G On 04 Blinks OC Blinks

After selecting the corresponding basic module, press the SW3 confirm button. The module displays
as follows. The current factory default status is 00.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding static pressure
mode for the outdoor unit.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 Blinks
1G On ADD On 01 Blinks
1G On ADD On 02 Blinks
1G On ADD On 03 Blinks
1G On ADD On 04 Blinks
After selecting the corresponding static pressure mode for the outdoor unit, press the SW3 confirm
button. The master module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1G On ADD On 00 On

54
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

1G On ADD On 01 On
1G On ADD On 02 On
1G On ADD On 03 On
1G On ADD On 04 On

Each basic module memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and
power-on again. The default value is 00.

4.2.3.10 qJ One-button Drainage


Code Meaning
on One-button drainage
OF Non-one-button drainage

Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default:
LED1 LED2 LED3
One-button
Function code Display status Current module Display status Display status
drainage code
qJ On OF Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW3 confirm button. The master unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
One-button
Function code Display status Current module Display status Display status
drainage code
qJ On OF Blinks 00 On

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding status, and press
the SW3 confirm button.
LED1 LED2 LED3
One-button
Function code Display status Current module Display status Display status
drainage code
qJ On on or OF On oC On

After the setting is completed, if you do not press any button in 10s, the system will automatically
exit the current screen and resume displaying the current standby status.

The one-button drainage function is valid in running or standby status of the entire system. After
entering the one-button drainage function, the outdoor unit sends a forced shutdown instruction, and the
indoor unit shuts down. When the system exits drainage, the forced shutdown instruction is canceled. If
the one-button drainage status is set to on (one-button drainage is enabled), the one-button drainage
code is automatically recovered to OF after 60 minutes.

4.2.3.11 C8 Compressor Failure Emergency Operation


This function is after-sales emergency setting when a compressor works abnormally. It shields the
abnormal compressor in a short time to ensure the emergency operation of other compressors.
Setting steps:
Enter the function setting on the main board of the faulty basic module. The module displays as
follows:

55
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

LED1 LED2 LED3


Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
C8 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding compressor
emergency operation status.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
C8 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks Compressors 1 and 2 run normally.
The operation of compressor 1 is
C8 On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.
The operation of compressor 2 is
C8 On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. All modules display as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
C8 On 00 On OC On
C8 On 01 On OC On
C8 On 02 On OC On

The basic module memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and
power-on again. The default value is 00.
Then, press the SW4 back button to return to the previous process. (During setting, press SW4 to
return to the previous process. If the setting is completed, press SW4 to resume the unit to the current
normal working status.)
If you do not press any button in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the current screen and
the unit will resume displaying the current status.
If a basic module sets compressor failure emergency operation, the status indicators and LEDs on
the module indicate the corresponding status.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Module failure/indoor Description
Module address Module status
unit failure
System running-compressor emergency
ADD C8 ON
operation status
System standby-compressor emergency
ADD C8 OF
operation status

ķ A module can set only one compressor to emergency mode;


ĸ The compressor emergency operation mode is valid only in single-module multi-compressor
system;
Ĺ The default status is 00.
ĺ The system cannot run continuously for more than 24 hours in compressor emergency
operation status. If it exceeds 24 hours, the entire system is forcibly stopped, and the indoor
unit displays the "Ad" limit operation code.

56
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.2.3.12 C9 Fan Failure Emergency Operation


This function is after-sales emergency setting when a fan on a dual-fan module works abnormally. It
shields the abnormal fan in a short time to ensure the emergency operation of the system.
Setting steps:
Enter the function setting on the main board of the faulty basic module. The module displays as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
C9 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding compressor
emergency operation status.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
C9 On 00 Blinks OC Blinks Fans 1 and 2 run normally.
The operation of fan 1 is
C9 On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.
The operation of fan 2 is
C9 On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. All modules display as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
C9 On 00 On OC On
C9 On 01 On OC On
C9 On 02 On OC On

The basic module memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and
power-on again. The default value is 00.
Then, press the SW4 back button to return to the previous process. (During setting, press SW4 to
return to the previous process. If the setting is completed, press SW4 to resume the unit to the current
normal working status.)
If you do not press any button in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the current screen and
the unit will resume displaying the current status.
If a basic module sets compressor failure emergency operation, the status indicators and LEDs on
the module indicate the corresponding status.

LED1 LED2 LED3


Module Description
Module address failure/indoor unit Module status
failure
System running-fan emergency operation
ADD C9 ON
status
System standby-fan emergency operation
ADD C9 OF
status

ķ This function is applicable only to dual-fan models;

57
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ĸ A module can set only one fan to emergency mode;


Ĺ The default status is 00.
ĺ The system cannot run continuously for more than 120 hours in fan emergency operation
status. If it exceeds 120 hours, the entire system is stopped, and the indoor unit displays the
"Ad" limit operation code.

4.2.3.13 CA Module Failure Emergency Operation


This function is after-sales emergency setting when a module works abnormally. It shields the
abnormal module in a short time to ensure the emergency operation of other modules.
Setting steps:
Enter the function setting on the main board of the faulty basic module. The module displays as
follows:

LED1 LED2 LED3


Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
CA On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding module to enter and
exit emergency operation status.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
CA On 00 Blinks OC Blinks All basic modules run normally.
The operation of module 1 is
CA On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.
The operation of module 2 is
CA On 02 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.
The operation of module 3 is
CA On 03 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.
The operation of module 4 is
CA On 04 Blinks OC Blinks
shielded.

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. The shielded module
displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
CA On 00 On OC On
CA On 01 On OC On
CA On 02 On OC On
CA On 03 On OC On
CA On 04 On OC On

Modules not shielded display as follows:


LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
CA On 00 On OC On

Press the SW4 back button. Modules not shielded display normal working status, and the shielded
module displays as follows:

58
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

LED1 LED2 LED3


Module Module failure/indoor unit
Display status Display status Module status Display status
address failure
ADD On CA On OF On

ķ This function is valid only in systems with two or more modules connected in parallel;
ĸ A system can set only one module to emergency mode;
Ĺ The default status is 00.
ĺ The system cannot run continuously for more than 48 hours in module emergency operation
status. If it exceeds 48 hours, the entire system is stopped, and the indoor unit displays the
"Ad" limit operation code.

4.2.3.14 4J Emergency setting of components


Emergency setting of components
The emergency setting of components is used for the after-sales emergency setting when some
components of the unit work abnormal, to remove the fault protection of abnormal components in a short
time and ensure the emergency operation of the unit.
Setting operation:
Enter the function setting on the main control machine's main board, which is shown as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4J On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press SW1 to select the key above and SW2 to select the key below to select the corresponding
value of 00 or 01, in which 00 represents "emergency state of non-components" and 01 represents
"emergency state of components". The factory default is 00.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4J On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

After selecting the corresponding value, press SW3 to confirm the key, and the main module will be
displayed as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4J On 00 On OC On

At this time, if there is no button operation on the main control machine for 5 minutes, it will exit
automatically and the unit will resume the current state display.

Notes:
ķ Default is "00" state;
ĸ The emergency setting of components is effective in a single module system or a modular
system;
Ĺ The system cannot run continuously for more than 168 hours under the emergency operation
state of components. If it runs for more than 168 hours, the whole machine will stop running;
ĺ At present, the emergency setting of components is only effective for temperature-sensing
package fault, overcurrent protection and startup failure.

59
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.2.3.15 1F SRL Low-Pressure Control


Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:

LED1 LED2 LED3


Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1F On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding low pressure
control mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
Ordinary
1F On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
low-pressure control
SRL low-pressure
1F On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
control
After selecting the corresponding mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1F On 00 On OC On
1F On 01 On OC On

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00.

4.2.3.16 1H Efficient Module Rotation


Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
1H On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding module rotation mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
1H On 00 Blinks OC Blinks Efficient module rotation
1H On 01 Blinks OC Blinks Ordinary module rotation

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
1H On 00 On OC On
1H On 01 On OC On

60
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00.

4.2.3.17 4n Adaptive Control of Noise


Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4n On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding low pressure
control mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
The adaptive control of
4n On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
noise is valid.
The adaptive control of
4n On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
noise is invalid.

After selecting the corresponding mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4n On 00 On OC On
4n On 01 On OC On

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00.
After the entire system is commissioned, the commissioner sends a flag, indicating whether the
adaptive control of noise is valid. The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon
power failure and power-on again.

4.2.3.18 4q Forced Off of the Electric Heater of an Indoor Unit


Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4q On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding low pressure
control mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Display Current Display Current Display Description
code status process status status status
Invalid forced off function of the
4q On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
electric heater of an indoor unit

61
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Forced off of the electric heater of an


4q On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
indoor unit in full temperature range
Forced off of the electric heater of
4q On 02 Blinks OC Blinks an indoor unit above –2°C outdoor
temperature

After selecting the corresponding mode, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
4q On 00 On OC On
4q On 01 On OC On

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00.
After the entire system is commissioned, the commissioner sends a flag, indicating whether the
forced switch function of the electric heater of the indoor unit is valid. The master unit memorizes this
setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on again.

4.2.3.19 5L Fan Reverse Dust Removal


Setting steps:
Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
5L On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding fan reverse dust
removal mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
5L On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
5L On 01 Blinks OC Blinks
5L On 02 Blinks OC Blinks

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
5L On 00 On OC On
5L On 01 On OC On
5L On 02 On OC On

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00. Mode 00 indicates the fan reverse dust removal function is turned off, 01
indicates fan reverse dust removal mode 1, and 02 indicates mode 2.

4.2.3.20 5n Fan Anti-Snow


Setting steps:

62
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Enter the function setting. The master unit displays as follows by default, and other basic modules
display normal working status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
5n On 00 Blinks OC Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding fan anti-snow
mode.
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Current process Display status Current status Display status
5n On 00 Blinks OC Blinks
5n On 01 Blinks OC Blinks

After selecting the corresponding value, press the SW3 confirm button. The master module displays
as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function code Display status Mode Display status Current status Display status
5n On 00 On OC On
5n On 01 On OC On

The master unit memorizes this setting and does not clear it even upon power failure and power-on
again. The default value is 00. Mode 00 indicates that this function is off, and 01 indicates that this
function is on.

4.2.4 Outdoor Unit Status Query


The following functions can be queried:
Function Code Function Name
n6 Fault query
n7 Parameter query
n8 Indoor unit engineering SN query
n9 Online indoor unit qty query
nb Outdoor unit barcode query

After the unit is powered, you can query the function setting status, historical fault record, indoor unit
engineering number and real-time parameter of the unit in any status. The query method is as follows:
On the master unit, press and hold the SW2 down button for over 5 seconds. The master unit
displays the current function setting status, and other modules display based on their current status.
Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button on the master unit to select the corresponding query.
The default selection is A6.
In function query status, if there are two levels of menus, you can press the SW4 back button to
return to the previous level. Press the SW4 query button again to exit query status.
In function query status, if you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system
will automatically exit the current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status.

4.2.4.1 n6 Fault Query


Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select fault query. The master unit displays
as follows:

63
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

LED1 LED2 LED3


Current
Function Code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n6 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW3 confirm button on the master unit to confirm the selection.
Introduction:
This function is used to query historical faults in the system. Up to five historical faults can be stored
in the order of time.
Operations:
In fault query status, press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button. LED3 circularly displays
the code and address of the faulty module in history in the order of time (at an interval of 1s), and LED2
displays the fault sequence number. If there is no historical fault, LED2 and LED3 display "00" by default.
Up to five latest historical faults can be queried. Faults that can be stored and queried are as follows:
1 High pressure protection 20 Inverter compressor over-current protection
Current detection circuit fault of the inverter
2 Low pressure protection 21
compressor driver
Loss of synchronization protection for the inverter
3 Lack-of-refrigerant protection 22
compressor
Communication fault between the primary
4 Air discharge low temperature protection 23
controller and inverter compressor driver
Over temperature protection for the inverter
5 Over low pressure ratio protection 24
compressor driver module.
Temperature sensor fault of the inverter
6 Over high pressure ratio protection 25
compressor driver module.
Charging loop fault of the inverter compressor
7 Four-way valve air backflow protection 26
driver.
Under voltage protection for DC bus of the
8 High pressure low protection 27
inverter outdoor fan driver
Over voltage protection for DC bus of the inverter
9 High temperature protection for compressor 1 28
outdoor fan driver
IPM module protection for the inverter outdoor
10 High temperature protection for compressor 2 29
fan driver.
11 Compressor 2 over-current protection 30 Inverter outdoor fan startup failure.
Shell roof high temperature protection for
12 31 Inverter outdoor fan phase loss protection.
compressor 1
Shell roof high temperature protection for
13 32 Inverter outdoor fan driver module reset.
compressor 2
Under voltage protection for the DC bus of
14 33 Inverter outdoor fan over-current protection.
inverter compressor driver
Over voltage protection for DC bus of the inverter Current detection circuit fault of the inverter
15 34
compressor driver. outdoor fan driver.
IPM module protection for the inverter Loss of synchronization protection for the inverter
16 35
compressor driver. outdoor fan.
Communication fault between the primary
17 Inverter compressor startup failure 36
controller and inverter outdoor fan driver.
Over temperature protection for the inverter
18 Inverter compressor phase loss protection. 37
outdoor fan driver module.
Temperature sensor fault of the inverter outdoor
19 Inverter compressor driver module reset. 38
fan driver module.

The figure below shows the Debug page.


LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Sequence Display status Current status Display status

64
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

n6 On 01 On Alternated
n6 On 02 On Alternated
Historical fault/module
n6 On 03 On Alternated
address
n6 On 04 On Alternated
n6 On 05 On Alternated

If historical faults are less than five, after the last fault is displayed, LED2 and LED3 display 00,
indicating no more fault.
In fault query status, press and hold the SW3 confirm button for over 5 seconds to clear all historical
faults of the outdoor unit.

4.2.4.2 n7 Parameter Query


Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select parameter query. The master unit
displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Current process/mode Display status Current status Display status
n7 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW3 confirm button on the master unit to confirm the selection.
Introduction:
This function is used to query running parameters of each module of the outdoor unit in real time.
Operations:
In parameter query status, the master unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Module address Display status Current status Display status
n7 On 01 Blinks 00 Blinks
n7 On 02 Blinks 00 Blinks
n7 On 03 Blinks 00 Blinks
n7 On 04 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding query module, and
press the SW3 confirm button. The unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Parameter code Display status Current status Display status
n7 On XX On Value Blinks

LED2 displays the module parameter code, and LED3 displays the specific value. The parameters
and display sequence are listed below. "Outdoor ambient temperature (master module)" is displayed by
default. Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding query
parameter value.
Parameter Code Parameter Name Remarks
Outdoor ambient temperature of the master module
01 Outdoor ambient temperature
is used.
02 Operating frequency of compressor 1 —
03 Operating frequency of compressor 2 —
04 Operating frequency of the outdoor fan Operating frequency of outdoor fan 1 is used.
05 Module high pressure Temperature value corresponding to the pressure
06 Module low pressure Temperature value corresponding to the pressure
07 Discharge temperature of compressor 1 The air discharge pipe temperature is used.
08 Discharge temperature of compressor 2 The air discharge pipe temperature is used.

65
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Parameter Code Parameter Name Remarks


09 Discharge temperature of compressor 3 —
10 Discharge temperature of compressor 4 —
11 Discharge temperature of compressor 5 —
12 Discharge temperature of compressor 6 —
13 Operating frequency of compressor 3 —
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
14 Current of compressor 1
does not query.
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
15 Current of compressor 2
does not query.
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
16 Current of compressor 3
does not query.
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
17 Current of compressor 4
does not query.
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
18 Current of compressor 5
does not query.
The integer value is used, and the wired controller
19 Current of compressor 6
does not query.
20 Reserved —
21 Module temperature of compressor 1 The wired controller does not query.
22 Module temperature of compressor 2 The wired controller does not query.
23 Module temperature of outdoor fan 1 The wired controller does not query.
24 Module temperature of outdoor fan 2 The wired controller does not query.
The displayed value is the integer value of the
25 Outdoor unit heating EEV 1
actual value divided by 10.
The displayed value is the integer value of the
26 Outdoor unit heating EEV 2
actual value divided by 10.
The displayed value is the integer value of the
27 Subcooler EEV
actual value divided by 10.
28 Defrost temperature Defrost temperature 1 is used.
29 Subcooler's liquid outlet temperature —
30 Outlet temperature of accumulator —
31 Oil return temperature —
32 Inlet pipe temperature of the condenser —
Outlet pipe temperature of the
33 —
condenser

If a parameter value is negative, LED3 circularly displays negative value code "nE" and the
numerical value every 1 second. For example, for –30, LED3 circularly displays nE for 1 second, and 30.
Discharge temperature and ambient temperature values are in four digits. The LED circularly
displays the left two digits and then the right two digits. For example, 01 and 15 indicate 115 degrees,
while nE, 00, and 28 indicate –28 degrees.
If a parameter is invalid on the unit, value "00" is displayed.
If there are two levels of menus on the master unit, you can press the SW4 back button to return to
the previous level. Press the SW4 query button again to exit query status.
If you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the
current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status.

4.2.4.3 n8 Indoor Unit Engineering SN Query


Introduction:

66
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

This function makes all indoor units display their SN respectively by performing an operation on the
outdoor unit, facilitating indoor unit address query.
Operations:
Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select indoor unit engineering SN query. The
master unit displays as follows:

LED1 LED2 LED3


Current
Function Code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n8 Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW3 confirm button on the master unit to confirm the selection. The master unit displays
as follows, and other modules normally display the corresponding status:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Current
Function Code Display status Display status Current status Display status
process/mode
n8 On 00 On 00 On

At this time, regardless of the current display status of all indoor unit wired controllers or display
panels, all of them switch to display the engineering number of the internal unit, without affecting the
setting and operation status of the indoor units and the outdoor unit.
Press the SW4 back button on the master unit to return to the upper operation level, but the indoor
units remains displaying the engineering numbers.
Press and hold the SW4 back button on the master unit for over 5 seconds to make all indoor units
exit displaying the engineering numbers and return to the upper operation level.
If you do not press any button on the master unit to exit indoor unit engineering SN query in 30
minutes, the system will automatically exit the current screen and the unit will resume displaying the
current status.

4.2.4.4 n9 Online Indoor Unit Qty Query


Introduction:
This function directly uses the outdoor unit to query the quantity of online indoor units.
Operations:
In n9 online indoor unit qty query status, the module displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Current process/mode Display status Current status Display status
n9 On AC or AH On 00 Blinks

LED2 displays the left two digits of the quantity, and LED3 displays the right two digits. For example,
if the indoor unit quantity is 75, 0075 is displayed.
If there are two levels of menus on the master unit, you can press the SW4 back button to return to
the previous level. Press the SW4 query button again to exit query status.
If you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the
current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status.

67
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Note:
This function can query the quantity of indoor units only on a single-system network.

4.2.4.5 nb Outdoor Unit Barcode Query


Introduction:
This function queries the barcodes of the outdoor unit and controller.
Operations:
Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select outdoor unit barcode query. The
master unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Current process/mode Display status Current status Display status
nb Blinks 00 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW3 confirm button on the master unit to enter the next level of menu. The module
displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Module address Display status Current status Display status
nb On 01 Blinks 00 Blinks
nb On 02 Blinks 00 Blinks
nb On 03 Blinks 00 Blinks
nb On 04 Blinks 00 Blinks

Press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the corresponding query module, and
press the SW3 confirm button. The unit displays as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Function Code Display status Parameter Code Display status Current status Display status
nb On Un/Pc Blinks -n Blinks

Un indicates the unit barcode, while Pc indicates the controller barcode.


After confirming the module, press the SW1 up button and the SW2 down button to select the
barcode sequence. The displayed sequence is as follows:
Unit barcode digits 1–13, controller barcode digits 1–13, that is, unit barcode head, unit barcode
(digits 1–6), unit barcode (digits 7–12), unit barcode (digit 13), controller barcode head, controller
barcode (digits 1–6), controller barcode (digits 7–12), controller barcode (digit 13). The LEDs display as
follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
Barcode On Barcode On Barcode On

Example:
A unit barcode is N1R0128150066.
A controller barcode is N1M0128150067.
The display sequence is as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status

68
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

nb On Un Blinks -n Blinks

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
N1 On R0 On 12 On

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
81 On 50 On 06 On

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
6X On/Off XX Off XX Off

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
nb On Pc Blinks -n Blinks

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
N1 On M0 On 12 On

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
81 On 50 On 06 On

LED1 LED2 LED3
Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status Parameter code Display status
7X On/Off XX Off XX Off

If a parameter is invalid on the unit, value "00" is displayed.


If there are two levels of menus on the master unit, you can press the SW4 back button to return to
the previous level. Press the SW4 query button again to exit query status.
If you do not press any button on the master unit in 5 minutes, the system will automatically exit the
current screen and the unit will resume displaying the current status.

4.3 Restoration to Default Settings


Restoration to default settings 1 (clearing all settings)
On the main board of the master unit, press and hold the SW1 up button and SW4 back button for
over 10 seconds to restore the system default settings. All modules display as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3
Address Display Function Display Display
Meaning Status code
code status code status status
Restoration to default Blinks for 3
ADD On 01 On 0C
settings 1 seconds

At this time, the system clears all settings, including engineering numbers of the indoor and outdoor
units, quantities of the indoor and outdoor units, and commissioning completion status.
Restoration to default settings 2 (clearing all settings except the commissioning status)
On the main board of the master unit, press and hold the SW2 down button and SW4 back button
for over 10 seconds to clear all the system settings. All modules display as follows:
LED1 LED2 LED3

69
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Address Display Function Display Display


Meaning Status code
code status code status status
Restoration to default Blinks for 3
ADD On 02 On 0C
settings 2 seconds

At this time, the system clears all settings, including engineering numbers of the indoor and outdoor
units, but stores quantities of the indoor and outdoor units, and commissioning completion status.
Restoration to default settings 3 (clearing only function settings of the outdoor unit)
On the main board of the master unit, press and hold the SW3 back button and SW4 back button for
over 10 seconds to clear all the system settings. All modules display as follows:

LED1 LED2 LED3


Address Display Function Display Display
Meaning Status code
code status code status status
Restoration to default Blinks for 3
ADD On 03 On 0C
settings 3 seconds

At this time, the system clears all settings, but stores engineering numbers of the indoor and
outdoor units, quantities of the indoor and outdoor units, and commissioning completion status.

4.4 Fire Alarm Function Setting


The VRF unit system reserves a fire alarm interface "CN44", which connects with the external fire
alarm system. In case of an external fire, the unit urgently shuts down for protection based on the
received signal. Then, the unit enters the standby status.

4.5 Indoor Unit Function Applications


For details, see the service manual of the indoor unit.

70
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Chapter 3 Faults
1 Error Indication
Error Error
— Content Content
Code Code
L0 Malfunction of IDU L1 Protection of indoor fan
L2 Auxiliary heating protection L3 Water-full protection
L4 Abnormal Power for wired controller L5 Freeze prevention protection
L6 Mode conflict L7 No main IDU
For single control over multiple units,
L8 Power is insufficient L9 number of IDU is inconsistent (HBS
network)
For single control over multiple units, IDU
LA LH Alarm due to bad air quality
series is inconsistent (HBS network)
LC IDU is not matching with outdoor unit LL Malfunction of water flow switch
Rotation speed of EC DC water pump is
LE LF Malfunction of shunt valve setting
abnormal
Setting of functional DIP switch code is
LJ wrong LP Zero-crossing malfunction of PG motor
For single control over multiple units, IDU is
LU Zero-crossing malfunction of PG motor Lb inconsistent (reheating-dehumidifying
system)
Malfunction of lower water temperature
d1 Indoor PCB is poor d2
sensor of water tank
Malfunction of ambient temperature Malfunction of entry-tube temperature
d3 d4
sensor sensor
Malfunction of mid-tube temperature Malfunction of exit-tube temperature
d5 d6
sensor sensor
d7 Malfunction of humidity sensor d8 Malfunction of water temperature sensor
d9 Malfunction of jumper cap dA Web address of IDU is abnormal
Indoor
Setting capacity of DIP switch code is
dH PCB of wired controller is abnormal dC
abnormal
Malfunction of air outlet temperature
dL dE Malfunction of indoor CO2 sensor
sensor
Malfunction of upper water temperature Malfunction of backwater temperature
dF dJ
sensor of water tank sensor
Malfunction of inlet tube temperature Malfunction of drainage pipe temperature
dP dU
sensor of generator sensor of generator
Malfunction of solar power temperature
db Debugging status dd
sensor
dn Malfunction of swing parts dy Malfunction of water temperature sensor
Malfunction of entry-tube temperature Malfunction of exit-tube temperature
y1 y2
sensor 2 sensor 2
Malfunction of fresh air inlet temperature
y7 y8 Malfunction of IDU’s air box sensor
sensor
yA Malfunction of IFD o1 Low bus bar voltage of IDU
o2 High bus bar voltage of IDU o3 IPM module protection of IDU
o4 Failure startup of IDU o5 Over-current protection of IDU
Current detection circuit malfunction of
o6 o7 Desynchronizing protection of IDU
IDU
Communication malfunction of main mater
o8 Communication malfunction of IDU’s drive o9
of IDU
Malfunction of temperature sensor of IDU’s
oA High temperature of IDU’s module ob
module
oC Charging circuit malfunction of IDU o0 Other drive malfunction

71
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Error Error
— Content Content
Code Code
E0 Malfunction of ODU E1 High-pressure protection
E2 Discharge low-temperature protection E3 Low-pressure protection
High discharge temperature protection of
E4 Ed Drive IPM low temperature protection
compressor
F0 Main board of ODU is poor F1 Malfunction of high-pressure sensor
Malfunction of discharge temperature
F3 Malfunction of low-pressure sensor F5 sensor of compressor 1
Malfunction of discharge temperature Malfunction of discharge temperature
F6 F7
sensor of compressor 2 sensor of compressor 3
Malfunction of discharge temperature Malfunction of discharge temperature
F8 F9
sensor of compressor 4 sensor of compressor 5
Malfunction of discharge temperature Current sensor of compressor 2 is
FA FC
sensor of compressor 6 abnormal
Current sensor of compressor 3 is Current sensor of compressor 4 is
FL FE
abnormal abnormal
Current sensor of compressor 5 is Current sensor of compressor 6 is
FF FJ
abnormal abnormal
Malfunction of casing top temperature
FP Malfunction of DC motor FU sensor of compressor 1
Malfunction of casing top temperature Malfunction of exit tube temperature sensor
Fb Fd
sensor of compressor 2 of mode exchanger
Malfunction of inlet tube temperature
Fn J0 Protection for other modules
sensor of mode exchanger
J1 Over-current protection of compressor 1 J2 Over-current protection of compressor 2
J3 Over-current protection of compressor 3 J4 Over-current protection of compressor 4
J5 Over-current protection of compressor 5 J6 Over-current protection of compressor 6
J7 Gas-mixing protection of 4-way valve J8 High pressure ratio protection of system
Outdoor J9 Low pressure ratio protection of system JA Protection because of abnormal pressure
Protection because high pressure is too
JC Water flow switch protection JL
low
JE Oil-return pipe is blocked JF Oil-return pipe is leaking
Malfunction of outdoor ambient Malfunction of defrosting temperature
b1 b2
temperature sensor sensor 1
Malfunction of defrosting temperature Malfunction of liquid outlet temperature
b3 b4
sensor 2 sensor of sub-cooler
Malfunction of gas outlet temperature Malfunction of inlet tube temperature
b5 b6
sensor of sub-cooler sensor of vapor liquid separator
Malfunction of exit tube temperature
b7 b8 Malfunction of outdoor humidity sensor
sensor of vapor liquid separator
Malfunction of gas temperature sensor of Malfunction of oil-return temperature
b9 bA
heat exchanger sensor 1
Malfunction of inlet tube temperature
bH Clock of system is abnormal bE
sensor of condenser
Malfunction of outlet tube temperature High-pressure sensor and low-pressure
bF bJ
sensor of condenser sensor are connected reversely
Malfunction of temperature sensor of Malfunction of temperature sensor of oil
bP bU
oil-return 2 return 3
Malfunction of temperature sensor of oil Malfunction of gas inlet temperature sensor
bb bd
return 4 of sub-cooler
Malfunction of liquid inlet temperature
bn P0 Malfunction of driving board of compressor
sensor of sub-cooler
Driving board of compressor operates Voltage protection of driving board power
P1 P2
abnormally of compressor
Reset protection of driving module of
P3 P4 Drive PFC protection of compressor
compressor

72
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Error Error
— Content Content
Code Code
Over-current protection of inverter
P5 P6 Drive IPM module protection of compressor
compressor
Malfunction of drive temperature sensor of Drive IPM high temperature protection of
P7 compressor P8
compressor
Desynchronizing protection of inverter Malfunction of drive storage chip of
P9 PA
compressor compressor
High-voltage protection of compressor’s Malfunction of current detection circuit drive
PH PC
drive DC bus bar of compressor
Low voltage protection for DC bus bar of
PL PE Phase-lacking of inverter compressor
drive of compressor
Malfunction of charging loop of driven of
PF PJ Failure startup of inverter compressor
compressor
AC current protection of inverter AC input voltage of drive of inverter
PP PU compressor
compressor
H0 Malfunction of driving board of fan H1 Driving board of fan operates abnormally
Voltage protection of driving board power of
H2 H3 Reset protection of driving module of fan
fan
H4 Drive PFC protection of fan H5 Over-current protection of inverter fan
Malfunction of drive temperature sensor of
H6 Drive IPM module protection of fan H7
fan
Drive IPM high temperature protection of
H8 fan H9 Desynchronizing protection of inverter fan
Outdoor Malfunction of drive storage chip of inverter High-voltage protection of fan’s drive DC bus
HA HH
outdoor fan bar
Malfunction of current detection circuit of Low voltage protection of bus bar of fan
HC HL drive
fan drive
HE Phase-lacking of inverter fan HF Malfunction of charging loop of fan drive
HJ Failure startup of inverter fan HP AC current protection of inverter fan
HU AC input voltage of drive of inverter fan G0 PV reversed connection protection
G1 PV anti-islanding protection G2 PV DC overcurrent protection
G3 PV power generation overload G4 PV leakage current protection
G5 Phase-lacking protection at power grid side G6 PV LVRT
G7 Grid over/under frequency protection G8 Overcurrent protection at power grid side
Drive IPM module protection at power grid Low/high input voltage protection at power
G9 GA
side grid side
Photovoltaic DC hardware overcurrent
GH Photovoltaic DC/DC protection GC
protection
GL Grid side hardware overcurrent protection GE High or low photovoltaic voltage protection
DC bus neutral-point potential unbalance Grid side module high-temperature
GF GJ
protection protection
GP Grid side temperature sensor protection GU Charging circuit protection
Gb Grid side relay protection Gd Grid side current side protection
Gn Insulation resistance protection Gy Power protection (PV)

73
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Error
— Error Code Content Content
Code
Wrong setting of ODU’s capacity
U0 Preheat time of compressor is insufficient U2
code/jumper cap
U3 Power phase sequence protection U4 Refrigerant-lacking protection
Wrong address for driving board of
U5 U6 Alarm because valve is abnormal
compressor
U8 Malfunction of pipeline for IDU U9 Malfunction of pipeline for ODU
Emergency operation DIP switch code of
UC Setting of main IDU is succeeded UL
compressor is wrong
Identification malfunction of IDU of mode
UE Charging of refrigerant is invalid UF
exchanger
Communication malfunction between the
Ud Drive board of grid-connection is abnormal Un drive board of grid-connection and the main
board
Communication malfunction between IDU,
Uy PV module over-temperature protection C0
ODU and IDU’s wired controller
Communication malfunction between main Communication malfunction between main
C1 C2
control and DC-DC controller control and inverter compressor driver
Debugging
Communication malfunction between main
C3 C4 Malfunction of lack of IDU
control and inverter fan driver
Alarm because project code of IDU is Alarm because ODU quantity is
C5 C6
inconsistent inconsistent
C7 Abnormal communication of converter C8 Emergency status of compressor
C9 Emergency status of fan CA Emergency status of module
CH Rated capacity is too high CC No main unit
The matching ratio of rated capacity for Communication malfunction between mode
CL CE
IDU and ODU is too low exchanger and IDU
Address DIP switch code of system is
CF Malfunction of multiple main control units CJ
shocking
Communication malfunction between IDU
CP Malfunction of multiple wired controller CU
and the receiving lamp
Communication malfunction between mode
Cb Overflow distribution of IP address Cd
exchanger and ODU
Malfunction of network for IDU and ODU of Communication malfunction of mode
Cn Cy
mode exchanger exchanger
Refrigerant recovery operation of
A0 Unit waiting for debugging A2
after-sales
A3 Defrosting A4 Oil-return
A6 Heat pump function setting A7 Quiet mode setting
A8 Vacuum pump mode A9 Set Back function
AH Heating AC Cooling
AL Charge refrigerant automatically AE Charge refrigerant manually
AF Fan AJ Cleaning reminding of filter
Debugging confirmation when starting up
AP AU Long-distance emergency stop
the unit
Ab Emergency stop of operation Ad Limit operation
An Child lock status Ay Shielding status
n0 SE operation setting of system n1 Defrosting cycle K1 setting
Status Limit setting for max. capacity/output
n3 Compulsory defrosting n4
capacity
Compulsory excursion of engineering code
n5 n6 Inquiry of malfunction
of IDU
n7 Inquiry of parameters n8 Inquiry of project code of IDU
n9 Check quantity of IDU on line nA Heat pump unit
nH Heating only unit nC Cooling only unit
nE Negative code nF Fan model
Eliminate the long-distance shielding
nJ High temperature prevention when heating nU
command of IDU
Length modification of connection pipe of
nb Bar code inquiry nn
ODU
qA Heat recovery status qH Mainly heating
qC Mainly cooling qP Export region setting for PV VRF units
qU Grid voltage configuration - -

74
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2 Troubleshooting

When troubleshooting the modular units, make sure that all outdoor units are powered off and
powered on at the same time. Avoid doing so to only some of the outdoor units.

2.1 "A0" Unit's to-be-commissioned State


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It is displayed before the completion of system engineering commissioning. At
this time, the unit cannot be started.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.2 "A2" Refrigerant Recycle Running State


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered refrigerant recycle running state and
will automatically start.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.3 "A3" Defrosting State


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered defrosting state. In this case, the
indoor fan will stop working for 5 to 10 minutes.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.4 "A4" Oil Return State


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display

Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered oil return state. In case of oil return in
heating mode, the indoor fan will stop working for 5 to 10 minutes.

75
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.5 "A6" Cooling and Heating Function Settings State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered cooling and heating function settings
state. In this case, you can select Cooling and Heating (nA), Cooling Only (nC), Heating Only (nH) or
Fan Type (nF).
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.6 "A7" Silent Mode Settings State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered silent mode settings state.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.7 "A8" Vacuum Pumping Mode

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered vacuum pumping mode and relevant
expansion valves and solenoid valves will open.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.8 "AH" Heating State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered heating mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.9 "AC" Cooling State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered cooling mode.

76
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.10 "AF" Fan State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has entered the fan mode. In this case, all the
indoor units operate only in fan mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.11 "AE" Artificial Refrigerant Charging State

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the system has employed artificial refrigerant charging mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.12 "AJ" Filter Clean Prompt

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the filter of indoor unit needs to be cleaned. The cleaning
interval of filter can be set according to actual circumstances.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: Clean the filter and remove the prompt to have the filter proceeds to the next
service cycle.

2.13 "AP" Unit Commissioning Startup Confirmation

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the unit has been commissioned and is ready for operation.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.14 "AU" Remote Control for Emergency Stop


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display

77
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the unit is in emergency stop status through remote
centralized control, and it cannot be started unless such state is disabled.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.15 "Ab" Emergency Stop


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that the main board of outdoor unit has received emergency stop
signal, and the unit cannot be started unless such state is disabled.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.16 "Ad" Restricted Running State


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code. It indicates that an emergency running state has been set for the system, but
the unit is not allowed to perform emergency running because the emergency running has reached the
time limit.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.17 "b1" Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

78
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b1" Outdoo r A mb ient


Temperature Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.18 "b2" Defrosting Temperature Sensor 1 Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

79
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b2" Defrosting
Temperature Sen sor 1
Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.19 "b3" Defrosting Temperature Sensor 2 Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

80
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b3" Defrosting
Temperature Sen sor 2
Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.20 "b4" Subcooler's Liquid Outlet Temperature Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

81
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b4" Sub coo ler's Li quid


Outlet Tempe ratu re Sensor
Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.21 "b5" Subcooler's Gas Outlet Temperature Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

82
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b5" Sub coo ler's G as


Outlet Tempe ratu re Sensor
Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.22 "b6" Suction Temperature Sensor 1 Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

83
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b6" Suction Te mp erature


Sen sor 1 Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.23 "b7" Suction Temperature Sensor 2 Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

84
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b7" Suction Te mp erature


Sen sor 2 Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.24 "b8" Outdoor Humidity Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

85
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b8" Outdoo r Humidity


Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


Yes
terminal between the main boa rd and Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.25 "b9" Heat Exchanger's Gas Outlet Temperature Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

86
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"b9" Heat E xchang er's G as


Outlet Tempe ratu re Sensor
Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.26 "bA" Oil Return Temperature Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

87
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"bA" Oil Return


Temperature Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and Yes Remove the foreign
temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Whether th e tempera tur e Yes Replace th e tempera tur e


sensor is abn ormal? sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.27 "bd" Subcooler air inlet temperature sensor error

Error display: ODU main board, IDU wired controller, IDU receive light board will display
Applicable model: all ODUs
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 30 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

88
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“bd” subcooler air inlet


temperature sensor error

Check the terminal between main Yes


If it is loosened or there are
board and temperature sensor to see if it is
foreign objects, retighten it
loose or any foreign
after treatment
objects inside?

No
Yes
Is the temperature Replace the temperature
sensor abnormal? sensor

No
Yes
Detecting circuit might be Replace the main
abnormal control board

2.28 "bJ" High and low pressure sensor is wrongly connected

Error display: ODU main board, IDU wired controller and IDU receive light board will display
Applicable model: all ODUs
Error judgment condition and method:
Under shutdown status, the high and low pressure sensor has detected that the high pressure test value of
module is 30ć higher than the low pressure, the unit will report that the high and low pressure is wrongly
connected.
Possible reasons:
■The resistance of high pressure sensor is abnormal, the test value is high.
■The resistance of low pressure sensor is abnormal, the test value is low.
■High and low pressure sensor is wrongly connected.
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check if the input voltage of high pressure sensor between “4.9~5.1V” and the output voltage
between “0.5~4.5V”, if no, replace the high pressure sensor.
Step 2: check if the input voltage of low pressure sensor between “4.9~5.1V” and the output voltage
between “0.5~4.5V”, if no, replace the high pressure sensor.
Step 3: if the above inspections on input/output voltage of pressure sensor are normal, exchange the
corresponding terminal of two pressure sensors.

2.29 "bn" Subcooler liquid temperature sensor error

Error display: ODU main board, IDU wired controller and IDU receive light board will display
Applicable model: all ODUs
Error judgment condition and method:

89
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 30 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check the terminal between main board and temperature sensor to see if it is loose or any foreign
objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: check if the temperature sensor is abnormal, if yes, replace the temperature sensor;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the main
board.

2.30 "C0" Communication Fault Between Indoor and Outdoor Units


and Between Indoor Unit and Wired Controller
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
There is no communication between the outdoor unit and indoor unit or between the indoor unit and
wired controller for 30 seconds, and a fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Communication cables are connected wrongly or get loose;
■ Communication cables are broken;
■ Poor contact of communication cables;
■ Number of wired controllers connected or addresses are set improperly;
■ Controller operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:
If the main control board of outdoor unit does not display C0, check the connection between the
indoor unit and the wired controller; if the main control board of outdoor unit, indoor unit's receiver and
wired controller display C0, check the connection between the indoor unit and outdoor unit and between
the indoor unit and wired controller; if only the wired controller displays C0, check the connection
between the indoor unit and wired controller, the number of wired controllers connected and address
settings.
Perform the troubleshooting as follows:

90
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"C0" Communication Fault


Between Indoor and Outdoor
Units and Between Indoor Unit
and Wired Controller

Whether the
communication cables
between the main control board of the Yes
Connect the communication
outdoor unit and the indoor unit and between
cables properly
the indoor unit and the wired controller
are incorrectly connected
or loosen?

No

Whether the
communication cables Yes
between the main control board of the Replace the communication
outdoor unit and the indoor unit and between cables
the indoor unit and the wired controller
are disconnected?

No

Whether the contact between the Yes Make sure that the
communication cable and terminal communication cables are
block is poor? properly connected

No

Make sure that no more than two wired controllers


are connected to the indoor unit at the same time ;
Whether the number and addresses Yes when two wired controllers are connected to the
of the wired controllers indoor unit at the same time, make sure they are
are incorrectly configured? assigned with different addresses; when one wired
controller is connected to the indoor unit, make sure
it is set to the primary controller

No

The main control board of the Yes Replace the main control board
outdoor unit, the main control of the outdoor unit, the main
board of the indoor unit or the control board of the indoor unit
wired controller may be abnormal or the wired controller

2.31 "C2" Communication Fault Between the Primary Controller and


Inverter Compressor Driver
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the outdoor unit fails to detect inverter compressor driver for 30 consecutive seconds, the
fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ The communication cables between the main board of outdoor unit and inverter compressor
driver inside the module are connected improperly;
■ The inverter compressor driver operates improperly;

91
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

■ The main board operates improperly.


Troubleshooting:

"C2" Communication Fault


Between the Primary Controller
and Inverter Compressor Driver

Whether the communication


cables between the main board of outdoor No Connect the communication
unit and inverter compressor drive board cables properly
are connected properly?

Yes

Whet her t he outdoor unit's No Replace the compressor drive


compressor drive board is normal? board

Yes

The main control board may be Yes


Replace the main control board
abnormal

2.32"C3" Communication Fault Between the Primary Controller and


Inverter Fan Driver
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the outdoor unit fails to detect inverter fan driver for 30 consecutive seconds, the fault is
generated.
Possible causes:
■ The communication cables between the main board of outdoor unit and inverter fan driver inside
the module are connected improperly;
■ The inverter fan driver operates improperly;
■ The main board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

92
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"C3" Communication Fault


Between the Primary Controller
and Inverter Fan Driver

Whether the communication


cables between the main board of outdoor No Connect the communication
unit and inverter fan drive board cables properly
are connected properly?

Yes

Whet her t he outdoor unit's No


Replace the fan drive board
fan drive board is normal?

Yes

The main control board may be Yes


Replace the main control board
abnormal

2.33 "C4" Indoor Unit Loss Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the unit identifies that more than three indoor units are disconnected, it will stop for protection.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of communication cables;
■ The indoor units are powered off;
■ The main board of indoor unit operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

93
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"C4" Indoor Unit Loss Fault

Whether all the indoor No


Power on the units
units are energized?

Yes

Whether the
communication cables of
No
disconnected indoor units Connect the communication
(in this case the disconnected cables properly
indoor units display "C0") are
connected properly?

Yes

The main control board of the Yes Replace the main control
indoor unit may be abnormal board

2.34"C5" Indoor Unit Engineering SN Conflict

Fault display: commissioning software and remote monitoring software display the fault ;
The wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit do not display the fault.
Fault diagnosis:
Check the engineering SN of indoor units, as the indoor units having the same numbers generate
the same fault. However, the fault is displayed and required to be removed only when the commissioning
software, centralized controller and remote monitoring are connected.
In the case of non-centralized control, the conflict in terms of the engineering SNs of some indoor
units, if any, do not affect the operation of themselves and of the entire system.
Possible causes:
■ The same engineering SN is configured for different indoor units;
■ The main board of indoor unit is from another unit.
Troubleshooting:
There are several ways to reset the conflicting engineering SN of an indoor unit:
by commissioning software;
by wired controller;
by commissioning the remote controller;
by pressing the Reset button on the main board of indoor unit so that the system reassigns the
numbers.

2.35 "C6" Alarm on Inconsistent Number of Outdoor Units


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

94
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

display
Fault diagnosis:
The unit detects the number of online outdoor modules in real time. When it detects that the number
of current modules is inconsistent with the number of modules previously commissioned and memorized,
the unit will report the fault and stop working.
Possible causes:
■ Abnormal communication among modules;
■ The modules are not powered on.
Troubleshooting:

"C6" Alar m on Inco nsi stent


Number of Ou tdo or Units

Whether all modules are prope rly No


Power on the units
ene rgized?

Yes

Whether th e
commu nicatio n cable s No Conne ct the commu nica tion
among all the mo dules a re cables proper ly
connected reliabl y ?

Yes

The ma in con trol boa rd Yes Replace th e main control


may be ab normal boa rd

2.36"C8" Emergency Operation of Compressor

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If any compressor is set to emergency operation mode, the main board displays the code during the
operation, indicating that the unit's compressor has entered emergency operation.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.37 "C9" Emergency Operation of Fan

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If any fan is set to emergency operation mode, the main board displays the code during the

95
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

operation, indicating that the unit's fan has entered emergency operation.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.38"CA" Emergency Operation of Module

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If any module is set to emergency operation mode, the main board displays the code during the
operation, indicating that the unit's module has entered emergency operation.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.39 "CH" Too High Rated Capacity Ratio


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The unit detects the rated capacity of the online indoor and outdoor units. When the ratio of the total
rated capacity of indoor units to the total rated capacity of outdoor units exceeds 1.35, the unit will stop
operation and display the fault.
Possible causes:
■ The total rated capacity of the indoor units exceeds 1.35 times of the total rated capacity of the
outdoor units.
Troubleshooting:
Re-engineer the unit to decrease indoor unit capacity or increase outdoor unit capacity.

2.40 "CL" Too Low Rated Capacity Ratio


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The unit detects the rated capacity of the online indoor and outdoor units. When the ratio of the total
rated capacity of indoor units to the total rated capacity of outdoor units is below 0.5, the unit will stop
operation and display the fault.
Possible causes:
■ The total rated capacity of the indoor units is smaller than 0.5 times of the total rated capacity of
the outdoor units.
Troubleshooting:
Re-engineer the unit to increase indoor unit capacity or decrease outdoor unit capacity.

96
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.41 "CC" No Master Units Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display

Fault diagnosis:
The main board detects the master DIP switch (SA8) and determines whether it is the master.
When no master unit is detected in the multi-module communication network, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ The master DIP switch is abnormal and no master unit exists in the network;
■ The communication cables are abnormal, causing the master unit to be disconnected;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"CC" No Master Un its Fau lt

Whether DIP switch is Make sure that o nly one maste r


dial ed properl y fo r the master unit (SA8) No unit exi sts in the networ k. Afte r
among all the mo dules redi aling, power on the rediale d
in th e n etwork? module s agai n

Yes

Whether th e
Pro perly conn ect the
commu nicatio n cable s No commu nicatio n cable an d make
for the module s of the master unit by
sure th at it is in the same
dial ing are co nnecte d
network with o the r modu les
prop erly ?

Yes

The ma in con trol boa rd Yes Replace th e main control


may be ab normal boa rd

2.42 "CE" Mode exchanger and IDU communication error

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable model: all mode exchangers
Error judgment condition and method:
For the mode exchanger, no IDU communication is detected in 1 consecutive minute.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between mode exchanger main control board and IDU main control board terminal
■Communication cord is abnormal
■Circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

97
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 1: for the mode exchanger with several main boards, please check if error is reported for every main
board, if no, please make sure at least one branch is connected with IDU under the main board of every mode
exchanger;
Step 2: check the terminal between mode exchanger main board and IDU to see if it is loose or any foreign
objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 3: check if the communication cord between mode exchanger and IDU is damaged or short-connected,
if yes, please replace it;
Step 4: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the
mode exchanger main board and IDU main board in turn; then replace the main board after confirming the
faulted board.

2.43 "CF" Multi-master Units Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The main board detects the master DIP switch (SA8) and determines whether it is the master.
When multiple master units are detected in the multi-module communication network, the fault is
generated.
Possible causes:
■ The master DIP switch is abnormal and multiple master units exist in the network;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"CF" Multi-master Units
Fault

Whether DIP switch is diale d Make sure that o nly one maste r
prop erly for th e master u nit (SA8) No unit exi sts in the networ k. Afte r
among all the mo dules i n redi aling, power on the rediale d
the networ k? module s agai n

Yes

The ma in con trol boa rd Yes Replace th e main control


may be ab normal boa rd

2.44 "CJ" System Address Code Conflict


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When multiple refrigerant systems are connected through the CAN2 network of the unit's main
board, only one primary system is allowed in the network.
If two or more master units' DIP switches (SA2) are detected to be master unit's DIP switches in the

98
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

network (that is, SA2 DIP switch is "00000"), the fault of multiple master units is reported.
Possible causes:
■ If two or more master units' DIP switches (SA2) are detected to be master unit's DIP switches,
keep only one master unit's DIP switch (SA2) to be "00000" and other master units' DIP switches (SA2)
to be different;
■ Abnormal DIP switch or main board.
Troubleshooting:

"CJ" System Addre ss Cod e


Conflict

Kee p the SA2 DIP switch to be


"000 00" for o nly on e master u nit, and
Whether two or more master units' Yes set that for oth er ma ster units to b e
DIP switches (SA2) are set to the master
diffe rent. Afte r re dialing, power on the
unit's DIP switche s?
redi aled units aga in

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

99
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.45 "CP" Fault of Multiple Main Wired Controllers


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
Two or more wired controllers in an HBS network are main wired controllers.
Possible causes:
■ When two (or more) wired controllers control one or more indoor units at the same time, the two
(or more) wired controllers are the main wired controllers.
Troubleshooting:
Make sure that at most two wired controllers control one or more indoor units; when two wired
controllers control one or more indoor units, enter the wired controller parameter settings (P13) to set the
address of one of the wired controllers to be 02 (that is, to be the secondary wired controller).

2.46 "Cb" IP Address Assignment Overflow


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
If more than four addresses are assigned to other outdoor units by the outdoor unit, the unit reports
an IP address assignment overflow.
If more than 80 (100) addresses are assigned to indoor units by the outdoor unit, the unit reports an
IP address assignment overflow.
Possible causes:
■ More than four outdoor units exist;
■ More than 80 (100) indoor units exist.
■ After replacing the main boards of the indoor units and the outdoor units, the outdoor units are not
powered off.
Troubleshooting:

100
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"Cb" IP A ddress
Assignment O ver flow

Is th e p roblem so lve d
afte r the indoo r a nd outdoor units
are power ed o ff a nd powered
on aga in?

No

Whether th ere are more tha n Make sure that the number of indoor
four online ou tdo or u nits in the system? Whether Yes and ou tdo or u nits in the ne twork is less
the communication cables o f outdoor un its from than or equal to four according to
other refrigera nt systems are connected actu al i nstalla tion condi tion s
to this system?

No

Make sure that the number of indoor


Whether th e n umber of Yes units in the netwo rk is le ss tha n or
onli ne indoor units in the netwo rk
equ al to 80 (100) according to a ctual
exceeds 80 (100)?
installation co nditions

Note: When the number of indoor units is 100, engineering customization is required.

2.47 “Cd” Mode exchanger and ODU communication error

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable model: all mode exchangers
Error judgment condition and method:
For the mode exchanger, no ODU communication is detected in 1 consecutive minute.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between mode exchanger main control board and ODU main control board terminal
■Communication cord is abnormal
■Circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check the terminal between mode exchanger main board and ODU to see if it is loose or any foreign
objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: check if the communication cord from mode exchanger to ODU is complete, if it is damaged or
short-connected, please replace the communication cord;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the mode
exchanger main board and ODU main board in turn; then replace the main board after confirming the faulted
board.

2.48 “Cn” Mode exchanger IDU and ODU network abnormality error

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable mode: mode exchanger
Error judgment condition and method:

101
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

If the communication cord of mode exchanger IDU and ODU is not correctly connected, it will report IDU
and ODU network communication abnormality; if data tested in 5 consecutive seconds is back to normal, the
error will be resumed.
Possible reasons:
■Mode exchanger IDU and ODU communication cord is incorrectly connected.
■Mode exchanger main board is damaged.
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check if the communication cord between mode exchanger and IDU and ODU again to see if it is
correctly connected according to the guidance; otherwise, connect the communication cord again according to
the guidance to see if the problem has been solved;
Step 2: if the connection of communication cord among mode exchanger, IDU and ODU is correct, the
possible error reason might be the damaged main board, please replace the mode exchanger main board.

2.49 “Cy” No communication error on the mode exchanger

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable model: all mode exchangers
Error judgment condition and method:
For the mode exchanger main board, no subcooling electronic expansion valve signal or main board signal is
detected in 1 consecutive minute.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between mode exchanger main control board and ODU main control board terminal
■For the mode exchanger with several control boards, the contact between the main board and communication
terminal of subsidiary board is poor
■Circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
For the mode exchanger with only one piece of main board:
Step 1: check the terminal of subcooling electronic expansion valve on the main board of mode exchanger
to see if it is loose or any foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the
mode exchanger main board.
For the mode exchanger with several main boards
Step 1: check the mode exchanger, is one piece of main board reporting alarm or are all main boards
reporting alarm?
Step 2: if one piece of main board is reporting alarm, please check the communication terminal between this
main board and other main boards to see if it is loose or any foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after
treatment;
Step 3: if all main boards are reporting alarm, please check the terminal of subcooling expansion valve of
mode exchanger to see if it is loose or any foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 4: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace each main
board of mode exchanger in turn; then replace it after confirming the faulted board.

102
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.50 "d1" Poor Indoor Circuit Board

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
Check whether the address chip and memory chip of the indoor unit's main board can be read
properly. If not, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Abnormal address chip;
■ Abnormal memory chip.
Troubleshooting:
Replace the main control board.

ćd2Ĉ Water tank temperature sensor error


2.51ć

Error display: wired controller of hydro box displays


Applicable model: hydro box
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between water tank temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Water tank temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

“d2” water tank temperature sensor error

Is the terminal between


Yes If it is loosened or there are
mainboard and water tank
foreign objects, retighten it
temperature sensor loose or any
after treatment
foreign objects inside?

No

Replace the temperature


sensor directly, is the
error disappeared?

No
Yes
Detecting circuit might Replace the main control
be abnormal board of hydro box


103
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.52 "d3" Ambient Temperature Sensor Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 5 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the ambient temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal ambient temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"d3" Ambien t Temp erature


Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and ambie nt temperature sensor g ets loose matters and plug it tightly
or contains foreig n matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the ambient tempera ture sensor
is re placed?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.53 "d4" Inlet Pipe Temperature Sensor Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value.
When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 5 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the inlet pipe temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal inlet pipe temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

104
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"d4" Inlet Pi pe Tempe ratu re


Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and inl et pipe temperature sensor gets loose matters and plug it tightly
or contains foreig n matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the inlet pi pe temper atu re sensor
is re placed?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.54 "d5" Middle Part Temperature Sensor Fault (Reserved)


2.55 "d6" Outlet Pipe Temperature Sensor Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 5 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the outlet pipe temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal outlet pipe temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

105
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"d6" Outlet P ipe


Temperature Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd and outlet Yes Remove the foreign
pipe temperature sensor gets loose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the outlet pipe temperature sensor
is re placed?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.56 "d7" Humidity Sensor Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 5 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the humidity sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal humidity sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

106
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"d7" Humidity Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and hu mid ity sen sor gets lo ose or matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the


humidity sensor is re placed?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.57 "d8" Water Temperature Sensor Fault (Reserved)

2.58 "d9" Jumper Cap Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
A fault is reported if the jumper cap does not match the main board.
Possible causes:
■ The jumper cap is not installed;
■ The jumper cap is numbered incorrectly;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

107
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"d9" Jumper Ca p Fau lt

Whether th e j ump er cap is proper ly No


Install the jumper ca p
installed at the jump silk screen on the
main boar d?

Yes

Whether th e j ump er cap is No Replace th e corre sp onding


incorre ctly nu mbe red? jumper cap

Yes

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.59 "dA" Abnormal Network Address of Indoor Unit

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
Check the indoor unit's address chip and IP address. If the address chip cannot be read, the indoor
unit's IP address is 0 and IP addresses conflict, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Outdoor units' address are assigned incorrectly;
■ Indoor unit's processing error;
■ Abnormal address chip.
Troubleshooting:

"dA" Abn ormal Network


Add ress of Indoo r Unit

Yes Replace th e main bo ard of


Is it an ind ivid ual proble m? indo or unit

No

The ma in con trol boa rd of Yes Replace th e main control


the outdoor unit may be
boa rd
abn ormal

108
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.60 "dH" Abnormal Circuit Board of Wired Controller

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The wired controller's IIC communication is abnormal.
Possible causes:
■ The communication between the wired controller's touch keypad and display panel IIC is abnormal;
■ The wired controller's memory chip IIC cannot be read or written properly (if there are any memory
chips).
Troubleshooting:

"dH" Abn ormal Circuit


Boa rd o f Wired Controller

Whether th e touch keyp ad No Install the keypad an d


of the wired contr oller is well co nnected
display panel respective ly
to the display panel?

Yes

The IIC may b e in po or


contact with related Yes Replace th e wire d
componen ts d ue to controller
moistur e, or corrosion, etc.

2.61 "dC" Abnormal Settings of DIP Switch for Capacity

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
If DIP switch for capacity is set to the wrong position, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ DIP switch for capacity is set to a wrong position;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

109
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"dC" Abn ormal Setting s of


DIP Switch for Ca pacity

Whether th e DIP switch for Yes


capacity on th e main bo ard is dial ed Redial the DIP switch
to a n in cor rect positi on?

No

The detection circuit is Yes Replace th e main control


abn ormal boa rd

2.62 "dL" Air Outlet Temperature Sensor Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 5 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the air outlet temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal air outlet temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"dL" Air Outlet Tempe ratu re


Sen sor Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and air ou tlet temper atu re sen sor gets lo ose matters and plug it tightly
or contains foreig n matters?

No

Is th e p roblem
solved after th e a ir o utle t te mp erature
sensor is repl ace d?

No

The detection circuit is Yes Replace th e main control


abn ormal boa rd

110
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.63 "dE" Indoor CO2 Sensor Fault (Reserved)

2.64 “dF” Temperature sensor error

Error display: hydro box wired controller will display


Applicable mode: all hydro boxes
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 30 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check the hydro box main board and temperature sensor interface terminal to see if it is loose or any
foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: check if the temperature sensor is abnormal, if yes, replace the temperature sensor;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the
main board.

ćdJĈ Water return temperature sensor error


2.65ć

Error display: wired controller of hydro box will display


Applicable model: hydro box
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between water return temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Water return temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

111
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“dJ” water return


temperature sensor error

Is the terminal between


Yes If it is loosened or there
Mainboard and water return temperature
are foreign objects,
sensor loose or any foreign objects
retighten it after treatment
inside?

No

Replace the temperature sensor


directly, is the error disappeared?

No
Yes
Detecting circuit might Replace the main control
be abnormal board of hydro box

2.66 ćdP” Floor heating water inlet temperature sensor error

Error display: hydro box wired controllerr


Applicable model: all hydro boxes
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 30 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check the hydro box main board and temperature sensor interface terminal to see if it is loose or any
foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: check if the temperature sensor is abnormal, if yes, replace the temperature sensor;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the
main board.

2.67ćdUĈ Floor heating water outlet pipe temperature sensor error

Error display: wired controller of hydro box will display


Applicable model: hydro box
Error judgment condition and method:
1) Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and
judge the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error

112
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2) After the water pump has operating for 30min, report alarm if detecting that water inlet temperature of
generator is higher than water outlet temperature in 10 consecutive minutes.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between floor heating outlet water pipe temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Floor heating outlet water pipe temperature sensor falls off or is abnormal
■The circulating water in generator is not drained completely
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Is the terminal between main board of hydro box and temperature sensor loose or any foreign objects
inside? If yes, retighten it after treatment;
Step 2: Is the temperature sensor loose or any foreign objects inside? If yes, retighten it or replace the
temperature sensor;
Step 3: If air exist in the circulated waterway of hydro box, if yes, drain it again;
Step 4: If the above tests are normal, then the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the main
board.

2.68 "db" Engineering Commissioning


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code but not a fault code. It indicates that the unit is being commissioned and the
indoor unit is not operational.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: --

2.69 “dd” Solar energy temperature sensor error

Error display: wired controller of hydro box will display


Applicable model: hydro box which the solar energy at function DIP code of the main board is set as
“connect”
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

113
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“dd” solar energy temperature


sensor error

Is the terminal between


Yes If it is loosened or there are
main board and solar energy water
foreign objects, retighten it
temperature sensor loose or any foreign
after treatment
objects inside?

No

Replace the
temperature sensor directly,
is the error disappeared?

No

Detecting circuit might Yes Replace the main control


be abnormal board of hydro box

2.70 “dn” Swing assy error

Error display: display in the monitor software onlyy


Applicable model: Multi VRF indoor unit with swing assy
Error judgment condition and method:
Report alarm through judging the status of limit switch 1 and 2, When the swing structure is faulted, the
indoor unit will not stop, the display board does not display error code (the error will only be embodied in CAN
communication data)
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between limit switch and terminal in main board interface
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

“dn” swing assy error

Check the terminal between


Yes If it is loosened or there are
main board and limit switch to see if it is
foreign objects, retighten it
loose or any foreign objects
after treatment
inside?

No

Replace the limit switch 1


and 2, is the error disappeared?

No
Yes
Detecting circuit might Replace the main control
be abnormal board

2.71 "E1" Protection in Case of Too High Pressure

114
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the high pressure sensor detects that the temperature at the high pressure is greater than
65°C or the high pressure switch is disconnected, it indicates that the high pressure is too high, and the
unit will stop running to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ Check valve of the outdoor unit is closed;
■ Abnormal high pressure sensor;
■ The high pressure switch operates improperly;
■ Abnormal outdoor or indoor fans;
■ Clogging of indoor filter or air duct (heating mode);
■ The ambient temperature where the unit operates is too high;
■ Excessive refrigerant in the unit;
■ Clogging of unit pipes.
Troubleshooting:

115
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
E1 System Overpressure
Pro tection

Whether the
Yes high pressure of the unit No Whether th e h igh pressu re Yes Replace th e main bo ard of
(measured by the external
pressure gauge system) is switch operates p roperly? outdoo r un it
above 4.2 MPa?

No
No
Replace th e h igh pressu re
switch
Whether th e Yes
high pr essure sensor is Replace th e main bo ard of
normal? outdoo r un it

No Replace th e p ressur e
sensor

Whether th e check No Ful ly o pe n th e che ck val ve


valve o f th e o utdo or unit
of the outdoor un it
is fully open?

Yes

Whether th e o utd oor unit's No Reinsta ll the outdoor un it's


pan el i s fu lly closed? pan el

Yes

Whether the air


inlet or return pipes for indoor No Cl e an th e p ip e s to a vo id s ho r t
and outdoor units are short circuit
circuited or blocked?

Yes

Whether th e i ndoor No No
Whether th e fan inpu t Replace th e main control
units, outdoo r un its and fa ns
signal is n ormal? boa rd
work pr operly?

Yes
Yes Replace th e motor

Whether th e No Check the swing motor and


air guid e lo uver o f th e in door
inpu t si gnal
unit is fully op en?

Yes

Whether th e
No
indo or and outdoor Check the electro nic expan sio n
electronic exp ansion va lves valve a nd the main boa rd
work pr operly?

Yes

Yes
Whether th e i ndoor and
outdoo r fins a re d irty or Clean the fins
blocked?

No

Whether th e o utd oor Yes System protectio n en abled and


ambien t te mp erature
no special car e re quired
exceeds 50 deg rees?

No

Yes
Are the pipes clo gged? Re-weld th e p ipes

No

Remove the refrigera nt for 1 kg e ach time, keep


Excessive the unit ru nning for 1.5 hou rs and then observe
refriger ant in the whether th e system protection is e nabled .
unit Repea t the op erations a bove u nti l no system
protection is triggere d

116
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.72 "E2" Protection in Case of Too Low Air Discharge Temperature


of Compressor
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the difference between the air discharge temperature of compressor and the temperature at
the high pressure is below 10°C, the unit stops running to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ The compressor's temperature sensor for air discharge operates improperly;
■ The electronic expansion valve of indoor unit operates improperly in cooling mode;
■ The electronic expansion valve of outdoor unit operates improperly in heating mode;
■ Excessive refrigerant in the unit.
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Check whether the air discharge pipe and shell roof temperature sensor of each
compressor are installed firmly, and whether the protection sponge is fastened.
Then, check whether the resistance corresponding to each temperature is normal based on the
temperature - resistance table of temperature sensor. If not, replace the temperature sensor.
Step 2: If the unit is in cooling mode:
First, inspect the indoor electronic expansion valve:

ķ When the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit is closed to 0PLS, if the temperature
difference between the inlet and outlet pipes of the indoor unit coil and the temperature at the
low pressure is less than 10°C, it indicates that the unit operates improperly.
Solution: First, make sure that the EXV coil is connected properly, and then power off the unit.
Power on to reset the unit and check the resetting action. If unable to reset the unit, replace the coil or
the main board. If able to reset the unit normally despite the problem, replace the electronic expansion
valve.

ĸ Check whether the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit operates properly: If the
electronic expansion valve is open to 200PLS, the temperature of the outlet pipe of indoor unit
coil is smaller than that of the inlet pipe by over 1°C, and the difference between the discharge
temperature of the compressor or the shell roof temperature of the compressor and the high
pressure temperature is less than 10°C.
Solution: First, make sure that the EXV coil is connected properly, and then power off the unit.
Power on to reset the unit and check the resetting action. If unable to reset the unit, replace the coil or
the main board. If able to reset the unit normally despite the problem, replace the electronic expansion
valve.
Next, inspect the outdoor subcooler electronic expansion valve:
After confirming that the EXV coil is connected properly, power off the unit. Then power on to reset
the unit and check the resetting action.
Step 3: If the unit is in heating mode, check the electronic expansion valve of the outdoor unit first.

117
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

After confirming that the EXV coil is connected properly, power off the unit. Then power on to reset
the unit and check the resetting action. If unable to reset the unit, replace the coil or the main board. If
able to reset the unit normally, inspect other parts of the unit.
Step 4: Check whether the refrigerant is added in accordance with the design requirements, as
excessive refrigerant may trigger system protection.
Solution: Add refrigerant in accordance with the design requirements.

2.73 "E3" System Low Pressure Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The low pressure sensor detects the compressor's suction pressure. When the saturation
temperature corresponding to the low pressure is below -41°C, the unit stops to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ Check valve of the outdoor unit is closed;
■ Abnormal low pressure sensor;
■ Abnormal outdoor or indoor fans;
■ Clogging of indoor filter or air duct (cooling mode);
■ The ambient temperature where the unit operates is too low;
■ Insufficient refrigerant in the unit;
■ Clogging of unit pipes.
Troubleshooting:

118
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
"E3" System Low Pressure
Protection

Does the low No A fault occurs in the low


pressure (measured by the
pressure sensor.
pressure gauge) reach the Replace the pressure sensor
protection value?

Yes

Yes Add the refrigerant by the


Is there too little refrigerant in the amount as required by the
system? design and the pipes.

No

Whether the check No


valves of liquid pipes and gas pipes Fully open the check
of the outdoor unit are fully valve
opened?

Yes

No
Whether the panel of the outdoor Properly cover the
unit is fully closed? panel

Yes

Whether the air inlet Yes


and outlet of the indoor and outdoor Remove the clog
units are blocked?

No

Whether the indoor units, No Check the input signal of


outdoor units and fans the fan, and replace the
work properly? motor or the main board

Yes

Check the input signal of


Whether the air guide louver No the swing motor and the
of the indoor unit is main board, and replace
fully open? the swing motor or the
main board

Yes

Is the DIP switch for the rated Yes Set the rated capacity of the
capacity of the indoor units dialed indoor unit within the allowable
out of range? range

Yes

Do the indoor and outdoor No Replace the electronic


electronic expansion valves expansion valve or the main
work properly? board

Yes

Yes
Is the air return filter of the indoor Clean the filter
unit clogged with dirt?

No
Check the pipes, especially the pipe
The unit pipes are connecting the outdoor unit and the first
clogged indoor branch joint

119
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.74 "E4" Protection in Case of Too High Air Discharge Temperature


of Compressor
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the compressor's discharge temperature detected by the temperature sensors on the
discharge pipes and on the top of the compressor is above 118°C, the unit stops running to ensure safe
operation.
Possible causes:
■ Check valve of the outdoor unit is closed;
■ The electronic expansion valve operates improperly;
■ Abnormal outdoor or indoor fans;
■ Clogging of indoor filter or air duct (cooling mode);
■ The ambient temperature where the unit operates exceeds the limit;
■ Insufficient refrigerant in the unit;
■ Clogging of unit pipes.
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Inspect and make sure that the check valves of the gas pipe and liquid pipe of the outdoor
unit are fully opened.
Step 2: Power on the units based on the capacity and number of indoor units enabled previously in
the case of protection state. After confirming that the EXV coil is connected properly, power off the unit.
Then power on to reset the unit and check the resetting action. If unable to reset the unit, replace the coil
or the main board. If able to reset the unit normally, inspect other parts of the unit.
Step 3: Power on the units based on the capacity and number of indoor units enabled previously in
the case of protection state. Observe whether the indoor and outdoor fans are operating properly
according to the rotational speed displayed by the commissioning software. If not, replace the motor or
motor drive module (outdoor fan).
Step 4: In the case of cooling mode, check whether the filter of the indoor unit is dirty or clogged or
whether the air resistance is too high (the air resistance is designed to be larger than the static pressure
of the unit as required).
Step 5: Check whether the air return temperature of the unit exceeds the limit during operation
(requirements in cooling mode: outdoor ambient temperature -5°C to 48°C, indoor ambient temperature
14°C to 25°C; requirements in heating mode: outdoor ambient temperature -25°C to 24°C, indoor
ambient temperature 15°C to 27°C).
Step 6: Check whether the refrigerant is added in accordance with the design requirements, as
insufficient refrigerant may trigger system protection.
Step 7: Power on the units based on the capacity and number of indoor units enabled previously in
the case of protection state. Check whether the pipeline or expansion valve is blocked according to the
parameters of the indoor and outdoor units and the temperature of the pipelines (touch with hands).

120
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.75 “Ed” Low drive module temperature protection

Error display: ODU main board, IDU wired controller and IDU receive light board will displayy
Applicable model: VRF HE series
Error judgment condition and method:
Test module temperature through the internal sensor of IPM module, when the test value is below outdoor
ambient temperature, the system will stop for protection.
Possible reasons:
■Insufficient system refrigerant
■Electronic expansion valve is abnormal
■Drive board is damaged
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: confirm if the refrigerant charge is added according to the design requirement, or any leakage exists,
insufficient refrigerant might lead to protection;
Step 2: turn on the unit according to the IDU capacity and quantity in previous protection status, after confirming
the coil of IDU and ODU expansion valve is correctly connected, disconnect the power, then re-energize for
reset and check the reset action. If it is abnormal, replace the coil or main board; if it is normal, check other items;
Step 3: if no problems are found in other inspection steps, the drive board might be damaged, IPM temperature
test is abnormal, please replace the drive board.

2.76 "F0" Poor Main Board of Outdoor Unit


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
Check whether the address chip, memory chip and clock chip of the main board of the outdoor unit
can be read properly. If not, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Abnormal address chip;
■ Abnormal memory chip;
■ Abnormal clock chip.
Troubleshooting:

121
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"F0" Poo r Main Bo ard of


the Outdoor Unit

Whether syste m clock exce ptio n Yes Replace th e CPU


is a lso gen erated (check by u sin g the (sma ll b oard)
commissionin g software)?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the No Replace th e compre ssor


CPU (sma ll b oard) is re placed? drive boar d

No

Add ress ch ip and me mo ry Yes Replace th e main control


chip are abno rma l boa rd

122
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.77 "F1" High-pressure Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of high pressure sensor and determines the
range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive seconds, the fault
is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the high pressure sensor and the main board interface;
■ Poor contact between high pressure sensor and part where the pressure is detected;
■ Abnormal high pressure sensor;
■ Abnormal sensor detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"F1" High Pressure Sensor


Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the se nso r g ets loose o r contains matters and plug it tightly
foreign matter s?

No

Whether th ere is
poo r contact between high pre ssure Yes Remove the foreign
sensor and th e p art where the pressu re matters and plug it tightly
is d etected?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d
afte r the sensor i s repla ced?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

123
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.78 "F3" Low Pressure Sensor Fault


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of low pressure sensor and determines the range
of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive seconds, the fault is
generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the low pressure sensor and the main board interface;
■ Poor contact between low pressure sensor and part where the pressure is detected;
■ Abnormal low pressure sensor;
■ Abnormal low pressure sensor detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"F3" Low Pressure Sensor


Fault

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the se nso r g ets loose o r contains matters and plug it tightly
foreign matter s?

No

Whether th ere is
poo r contact between low p ressur e Yes Remove the foreign
sensor and th e p art where the pressu re matters and plug it tightly
is d etected?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d
afte r the sensor i s repla ced?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

124
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.79 "F5" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 1


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"F5" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 1

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

125
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.80 "F6" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 2


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"F6" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 2

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

126
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.81 "F7" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 3


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"F7" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 3

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

127
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.82 "F8" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 4


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"F8" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 4

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

128
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.83 "F9" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 5


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"F9" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 5

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

129
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.84 "FA" Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 6


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the discharge temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal discharge temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"FA" Discha rge
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 6

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

130
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.85 "FH" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 1


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FH" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 1

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

131
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.86 "FC" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 2


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FC" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 2

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

132
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.87 "FL" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 3


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FL" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 3

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

133
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.88 "FE" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 4


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FE" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 4

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

134
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.89 "FF" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 5


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FF" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 5

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

135
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.90 "FJ" Abnormal Current Sensor of Compressor 6


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The circuit detection circuit samples the AD value and determines the range of AD value. When the
sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 3 consecutive seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the circuit sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal small board of circuit sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:

"FJ" Abn ormal Cur rent


Sen sor of Compr essor 6

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Is th e p roblem so lve d after the small


boa rd o f circu it se nsor is replaced ?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

136
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.91 "FU" Shell Roof Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 1


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the shell roof temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal shell roof temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"FU" She ll Roof
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 1

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

137
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.92 "Fb" Shell Roof Temperature Sensor Fault of Compressor 2


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The temperature sensor detection circuit samples the AD value of temperature sensor and
determines the range of AD value. When the sampled AD value exceeds the limits for 30 consecutive
seconds, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact between the shell roof temperature sensor and the main board interface;
■ Abnormal shell roof temperature sensor;
■ Abnormal detection circuit.
Troubleshooting:
"Fb" She ll Roof
Temperature Sen sor Fault
of Compre ssor 2

Whether th e i nter face


terminal between the main boa rd Yes Remove the foreign
and the te mpe rature se nso r ge ts l oose o r matters and plug it tightly
contains forei gn matters?

No

Replace th e tempera tur e sensor

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

138
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.93 “Fd” Mode exchanger outlet pipe temperature sensor error

Error display: main board of mode exchanger will display


Applicable mode: mode exchanger
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
“Fd” mode exchan g e b o x
outlet pipe temperature
sensor error

Is the terminal between main


Yes If it is loosened or there are
board and mode exchange box outlet
foreign objects, retighten it
pipe temperature sensor loose
after treatment
or any foreign objects inside?

No

Replace the
temperature sensor directly, is the
error disappeared?

No
Detecting circuit might Yes Replace the main control
be abnormal board of mode exchange box

2.94 ćFn” Mode exchanger inlet pipe temperature sensor error

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable mode: all mode exchangers
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between inlet pipe temperature sensor and terminal in main board interface
■Inlet pipe temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

139
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 1: check the terminal between mode exchanger main board and temperature sensor to see if it is
loose or any foreign objects inside? If yes, reconnect it after treatment;
Step 2: check if the temperature sensor is abnormal, if yes, replace the temperature sensor;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, the detecting circuit might be abnormal, please replace the main
board.

2.95 "H0" Fan Drive Board Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit. If the wired controller
displays HO, check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit, based on which you are able to identify the specific fault of the fan drive board. Then,
troubleshoot the fault according to the corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ Fan drive module reset protection (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit
displays H3);
■ Temperature sensor fault of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor
unit displays H7);
■ IPM over temperature protection for the fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of
the outdoor unit displays H8);
■ Current detection circuit fault of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays HC);
■ Charging loop fault of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit
displays HF);
■ Loss of synchronization protection for the inverter fan (2-digit digital LED of the main control board
of the outdoor unit displays H9);
■ Inverter fan startup failure (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit displays
HJ).
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit.
Step 2: Check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit at the same
time.
Step 3: Troubleshoot according to the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor
unit (troubleshooting procedures may vary depending on the fault).

2.96 "H1" Abnormal Fan Drive Board

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit. If the wired controller

140
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

displays H1, check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit, based on which you are able to identify the specific fault of the fan drive board. Then,
troubleshoot the fault according to the corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ IPM module protection for the fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor
unit displays H6);
■ Inverter fan over-current protection (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor
unit displays H5);
■ Communication fault of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit
displays C3).
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit.
Step 2: Check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit at the same
time.
Step 3: Troubleshoot according to the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor
unit (troubleshooting procedures may vary depending on the fault).

2.97 "H2" Power Voltage Protection for the Fan Drive Board

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit. If the wired controller
displays H2, check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit, based on which you are able to identify the specific fault of the fan drive board. Then,
troubleshoot the fault according to the corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ Over voltage protection for the DC bus of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of
the outdoor unit displays HH);
■ Under voltage protection for the DC bus of fan drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board
of the outdoor unit displays HL).
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: Check the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit.
Step 2: Check the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit at the same
time.
Step 3: Troubleshoot according to the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor
unit (troubleshooting procedures may vary depending on the fault).

141
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.98 "H3" Reset Protection for the Fan Drive Module

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H3, it
indicates the reset protection for the fan drive board.
Possible causes:
■ The fan drive board operates improperly
Troubleshooting:

"H3" Reset Protection for


the Fan Drive Mo dule

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the fan dri ve boa rd is powered off an d
then powered on for mo re than
three ti mes?

No

Whether P3 is d ispl aye d a t Yes Compressor d rive bo ard is


the same time (reset the compresso r
abn ormal. Replace it
drive boar d)?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

142
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.99 "H5" Inverter Fan Over-current Protection

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H5, it
indicates the over-current protection for the inverter fan.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of fan's UVW cables;
■ The fan is damaged;
■ The blades are stuck (the blades are blocked or the motor shaft gets rusty);
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"H5" Inve rte r Fan


Over-current Protection

Whether th e U, V and W p hases of fan


wires a re con nected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance between


the windings of each phase for the fan is normal
No
(generally less than 10 ohms)? Whether the resistance values are Replace th e fan
equal to each other? Is grounding insulation of the phase
windings of the fan normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether blad es are stuck Yes


due to fore ign ma tters o r ru sting Remove forei gn matters
of motor sh aft?

Yes

Have o the r faults


occurred at the same time (for e xa mpl e, Yes
fan startup fai lure (HJ), IPM modu le p rote ction Replace th e faulty fan
(H6) and loss o f synchron iza tion
for fan (H9))?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

143
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.100 "H6" IPM Module Protection for Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H6, it
indicates the IPM module protection for the fan drive.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of fan's UVW cables;
■ The fan is damaged;
■ The blades are stuck (the blades are blocked or the motor shaft gets rusty);
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"H6" IPM Modu le


Pro tection for the Fa n Drive

Whether th e U, V and W p hases of fan


wires a re con nected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance between


the windings of each phase for the fan is normal
(generally less than 10 ohms)? Whether the resistance values No
Replace th e fan
are equal to each other? Is grounding insulation of the phase
windings of the fan normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether blad es are stuck Yes


due to fore ign ma tters o r ru sting Remove forei gn matters
of motor sh aft?

Yes

Have o the r faults


occurred at the same time (for e xa mpl e, Yes
fan startup fai lure (HJ), over-current protection Replace th e faulty fan
(H5) and loss o f synchron iza tion
for fan (H9))?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

144
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.101 "H7" Temperature Sensor Fault of Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H7, it
indicates the temperature sensor fault for the fan drive.
Possible causes:
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"H7" Temperature Sen sor


Fault o f Fa n Drive

If th e p roblem resolved after


the unit is powered off and then powered
on for mor e than three time s?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

145
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.102 "H8" IPM Over Temperature Protection for Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H8, it
indicates the IPM over temperature protection for the fan drive.
Possible causes:
■ The IPM module is not covered, or unevenly covered by thermal grease, or covered by dried
thermal grease;
■ The IPM module's screws are not tightened;
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:
"H8" Temperature
Sensor Fault of Fan
Drive

Whether the drive board Tighten the screws and


No
screws are tightened? Whether coat the cooling plate with
the IPM module is coated with thermal grease
thermal grease?

Yes

Whether over-temperature
protection of IPM module is
triggered upon power-on?

Yes

The fan drive board Yes Replace the fan


is abnormal drive board

146
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.103 "H9" Loss of Synchronization Protection for Inverter Fan

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is H9, it
indicates the loss of synchronization protection for the inverter fan.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of fan's UVW cables;
■ The fan is damaged;
■ The blades are stuck (the blades are blocked or the motor shaft gets rusty);
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:
"H9" Loss of
Synchroni zation Pro tection
for the Inverte r Fan

Whether th e U, V and W p hases


of fan wires a re conn ected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance between


the windings of each phase for the fan is normal
No
(generally less than 10 ohms)? Whether the resistance values are Replace th e fan
equal to each other? Is grounding insulation of the phase
windings of the fan normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Ye
s

Whether blad es are stuck d ue to foreign Yes


Remove forei gn matters
matters or rusting of mo tor shaft?

Yes

Have other faults occu rred


at the same time (for example, over-current Yes
Replace th e faulty fan
protection (H5), IPM module prote ction (H6),
start failure (HJ))?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

147
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.104 "HC" Current Detection Circuit Fault of Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is HC, it
indicates the current detection circuit fault of fan drive.
Possible causes:
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"HC" Curren t De tection


Circuit Fault o f Fa n Drive

If th e p roblem resolved after


the unit is powered off and then powered
on for mor e than three time s?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

2.105 "HH" Over Voltage Protection for DC Bus of Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is HH, it
indicates the over voltage protection for the DC bus of fan drive.
Possible causes:
■Power voltage is higher than 430V or 780V(for 460V-voltage);;
■Fan drive board is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

148
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ĀHHā fan drive DC bus high


voltage protection

Check if power supply voltage Yes


Adjust the voltage to 208/230V
is higher than 430V or 780V
or 460V(for 460V-voltage)
(for 460V- voltage)

No

Fan drive board is Replace the fan drive


abnormal board
Yes

2.106 "HL" Under Voltage Protection for DC Bus of Fan Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is HL, it
indicates the under voltage protection for the DC bus of fan drive.
Possible causes:
■Power voltage is lower than 200V or 360V(for 460V-voltage);;
■Fan drive board is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

ĀHHā fan drive DC bus low


voltage protection

Check if power supply voltage Yes


Adjust the voltage to 208/230V
is lower than 200V or 360V
or 460V(for 460V-voltage)
(for 460V- voltage)

No

Fan drive board is Replace the fan drive


abnormal board
Yes

149
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.107 "HJ" Inverter Fan Startup Failure

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is HJ, it
indicates the inverter fan startup failure.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of fan's UVW cables;
■ The fan is damaged;
■ The blades are stuck (the blades are blocked or the motor shaft gets rusty);
■ The fan drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"HJ" Inve rte r Fan Startup


Failure

Whether th e U, V and W p hases of fan


wires a re con nected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance between


the windings of each phase for the fan is normal
(generally less than 10 ohms)? Whether the resistance values No
Replace th e fan
are equal to each other? Is grounding insulation of the phase
windings of the fan normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether blad es
are stu ck d ue to foreign matter s or rustin g Yes
Remove forei gn matters
of motor sh aft
?

Yes

Have other faults


occurred at the same time (for example, Yes
over-current protection (H5), IPM module Replace th e faulty fan
protection (H6), loss of synchronization
for fan (H9))?

No

The fan dr ive boa rd is Yes


Replace th e fan drive board
abn ormal

150
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.108 "J0" Protection for Other Modules

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays while the indoor unit and receiver of
indoor unit do not.
Applicable models: VRF5, VRF HE,VRF WATER Series
Fault diagnosis:
In a multi-module system, the fault of any module will cause any other properly operating modules
to display the fault code. It indicates that some other module has a fault, thereby causing the shutdown
of the unit to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ Other modules have faults, thereby causing the unit to stop operation.
Troubleshooting:
Troubleshoot other modules.

2.109 "J1" Compressor 1 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

151
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ĀJ1āCompressor 1
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

152
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.110 "J2" Compressor 2 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

153
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ĀJ2āCompressor 2
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

154
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.111 "J3" Compressor 3 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

ĀJ3āCompressor 3
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

155
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.112 "J4" Compressor 4 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

ĀJ4āCompressor 4
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

156
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.113 "J5" Compressor 5 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

ĀJ5āCompressor 5
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

157
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.114 "J6" Compressor 6 Over-current Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the operating current of the compressor detected by the current sensor or circuit exceeds the
limit, the unit will stop working.
Possible causes:
■ The unit's parameters are abnormal;
■ The drive module is abnormal;
■ The compressor is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

ĀJ6āCompressor 6
overcurrent protection

Turn on the units again


according to the IDU capacity and quantity
when this protection happened

Yes

If compressor operates to the lowest frequency


while system high pressure is still higher than 60ć, the compressor
may occur normal overcurrent protection. In this case, please check if the fan
operates normally, if ambient temperature range is normal and if power
supply is normal
(200V~430V or 360V~780V(for 460V-voltege))

Yes

No
Confirm if drive module is normal Replace drive module

Yes

Turn on the unit again to check if the


protection still happens

Yes

Yes
Compressor is abnormal Compressor is abnormal

158
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.115 "J7" Four-way Valve Air Backflow Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the difference between the system high pressure and low pressure during operation detected
by the pressure sensor is less than 0.1 MPa, the unit will stop running to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ The coil or connecting wire is abnormal;
■ The main board is abnormal;
■ The four-way valve is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

159
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"J7" Four-way Va lve Air


Backflo w Protection

Whether th e four-way valve No Conne ct them prope rly and


coil is connected to the ma in
relia bly
boa rd p roperl y?

Yes

Whether th e voltage at the output of the


main boar d is normal? (If th e voltage at the output does n ot No Replace th e main control
meet re quiremen ts, the output voltage of the fo ur-way valve boa rd
is 220V when it is e nergized)

Yes

Whether the difference between


the high pressure and the low pressure of the
unit during operation is greater than 0.1 MPa? At the same
time touch the four-way valve by hand to see whether it is hot or cold. In
cooling mode, E pipe and S pipe are of low t emperature and low pressure,
while D pipe and C pipe are of high temperature and high pressure; in
heating mode, D pipe and E pipe are of high temperature and
high pressure, while S pipe and C pipe are
of low temperature and low pressure.

Yes

Confirm that the four-way valve is abno rmal

Yes

Replace th e 4-way valve

160
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.116 "J8" High Pressure Ratio Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the ratio between the system high pressure and the low pressure during operation detected
by the pressure sensor exceeds 8, the unit will stop running to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ The pressure sensor is abnormal;
■ The ambient temperature where the unit operates exceeds the limit.
Troubleshooting:

"J8" Over High Pressu re


Ratio P rote ction

Whether the air return


te mperature of the unit excee ds the limit during
operation (requirements in cooling mode: outdoor ambient No This case is normal as i t is
te mperature -5°C to +50°C, indoor ambient temp erature 16°C to 32°C; subject to ambient
requirements in heating mode: outdoor ambient temperature temperature
-20°C to +24°C, indoor ambient
te mperature 16°C to 30°C)?

Yes

Whether th e h igh and low


pressure sensors are op erating prope rly
(based on the Tab le of Characteristics
of P ressur e S ensors)?

Yes

Replace th e p ressur e
sensor

161
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.117 "J9" Low Pressure Ratio Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the ratio between the system high pressure and the low pressure during operation detected
by the pressure sensor is smaller than 1.8, the unit will stop running to ensure safe operation.
Possible causes:
■ The pressure sensor is abnormal;
■ The ambient temperature where the unit operates exceeds the limit.
Troubleshooting:

"J9" Over Low Pressu re


Ratio P rote ction

Whether the air return


te mperature of the unit excee ds the limit during
operation (requirements in cooling mode: outdoor ambient No This case is normal as i t is
te mperature -5°C to +50°C, indoor ambient temp erature 16°C to 32°C; subject to ambient
requirements in heating mode: outdoor ambient temperature temperature
-20°C to +24°C, indoor ambient
te mperature 16°C to 30°C)?

Yes

Whether th e h igh and low


pressure sensors are op erating prope rly
(based on the Tab le of Characteristics
of P ressur e S ensors)?

Yes

Replace th e p ressur e
sensor

2.118 "L0" Indoor Unit Fault (Unified)

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Applicable models: all indoor units
Possible causes:
■ The indoor unit is faulty.
Troubleshooting:
When multiple indoor units are installed in the same place, you can use the function of "indoor unit
engineering SN query and fault indoor unit identification" to fast locate the faulty indoor unit or the
corresponding indoor unit controlled by a wired controller. The detailed operations are as follows:
"C01" indoor unit engineering SN and fault query:

162
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ķ If the enquired IDU is normal, no fault code will be displayed in the temperature area; if the
unit indoor has multiple faults, fault codes will be displayed in the temperature area at an
interval of 3 seconds.
ĸ Press the “ON/OFF” button on the interface of IDU project number and fault enquiry to exist
the parameter enquiry interface.

163
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.119 "L1" Indoor Fan Protection

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
Check whether the indoor unit rotates slowly or stops or whether there exists external fan protection
signal. If yes, it indicates the indoor fan protection.
Possible causes:
■ The motor stops or is stuck
■ The main board of indoor unit operates improperly
Troubleshooting:

164
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"L1" Indoor Fan Protectio n

Is th e type of motor o f th e
faulty indo or u nit DC motor, AC mo tor
or PG motor?

For a DC motor or a PG mo tor,


the low speed of mo tor would trigger pro tection. Yes Remove forei gn
In this case, check whether th e motor, shaft or matters
blad es are clogge d o r stuck

No

Replace th e a bnormal
Yes
Is th e motor abno rmal? motor with the same
model's motor

No

The ma in b oard Yes Replace th e main


of in door unit operates boa rd o f indoo r u nit
improp erly

For an AC motor withou t fa n


Loo sen ess, oxidation or
protection sig nal input (for d eta ils, see the No poo r contact of ju mp ers
circuit diag ram of the ind oor unit), check whether
may misleadin gly trigge r
the fan pro tection input is connected proper ly
indo or fan pro tection
on the ma in b oard

No

For mo dels with fan pro tection


signal inpu t (for d eta ils, see the circuit dia gram o f
the indoor uni t), check whether th e fan overloa d
protector o perates p roperly

No

Replace th e fan overloa d


protector

165
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.120 "L2" E-heater Protection (Reserved Code, Not Yet Applied)

2.121 "L3" Overflow Protection

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When the water level is too high, the float switch of indoor unit will be triggered for overflow
protection.
Possible causes:
■ The indoor unit is installed improperly;
■ The drain pump is damaged;
■ The float switch operates improperly;
■ The main board of indoor unit operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:
"L3" Overflow Protection

If the indoor unit is not provided


with a built-in drain pump, the Looseness, oxidation or poor
No water pump's output end is Whether the float switch Yes contact of jumpers may
Is the faulty unit provided with a water suspended and the float switch is jumper is connected reliably? misleadingly trigger full water
pump? short circuited (for details, see the protection
circuit diagram of the indoor unit)

Yes

If the level of water in the drainage


pan is very low or there is no water
Ye at all, or the indoor units report full
Is the water pump a built-in one? s water protection after being
powered on, it may indicate a faulty
float switch. In this case, check
whether the float switch is clogged

Yes

If the level of water in the drainage pan is


high but the float switch works normally,
check whether the drain pump is working
normally

Yes

Whether the drain pipe is


abnormal?

Yes

The drain pipe's hoisting


height may exceed that of
the drain pump, and the
drain pipe may be clogged

166
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.122 "L4" Supply Power Over-current Protection

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When the current supplied to the wired controller by the indoor unit is too large, the fault is
generated.
Possible causes:
■ The wires of the wired controller are short circuited;
■ The main board of indoor unit operates improperly;
■ The main board of the wired controller is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:

"L4" Sup ply Po wer


Over-current Protection

Whether th e p ower Yes


Reconnect the power co rd of
cord of the wi red con tro ller is
the wire d con troll er
short circuited?

No

Is th e main bo ard of the wir ed Yes


controller abn ormal? Replace th e wire d controlle r

No

The ma in b oard of in door Yes Replace th e main bo ard of


unit opera tes imp roperly indo or unit

167
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.123 "L5" Antifreeze Protection

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When the pipe temperature of the indoor unit is too low, the unit will trigger antifreeze protection to
prevent the evaporator from freezing.
Possible causes:
■ The indoor filter and evaporator are dirty;
■ The indoor motor is stuck;
■ Insufficient refrigerant in the unit;
■ The ambient temperature where the indoor unit and outdoor unit operate is too low.
Troubleshooting:

"L5" Antifreeze Protection

Whether th e i ndoor unit


Yes
is main tain ed regula rly? Whether
Clean the indoor uni t
dust accumulates on the fil ter
or evapora tor?

No

Whether the motor of


indoor unit is normal? (In the case of an
AC motor, if the motor slows down or stops No Replace th e motor of ind oor
when a fault occurs, it may cause the indoor unit unit
to exchange heat ineffectively and the
evaporator to freeze)

No

Whether refrigera nt leaks?


(Lea kin g or insuffi cien t refrigera nt may cause th e Yes
evapor atin g p ressure to decrease and th e e vap orator Add refrige rant a ccordin g to
to freeze, and trigge r freezing protection of the system pa ramete rs
indo or unit in serious ca ses )

No

When the ambient tempera ture in which the


indo or unit an d the outdoor un it opera te is too
low, the con densing pressure and evapor atin g
pressure would decrease, and the unit is likely to
trigger freezing protectio n. In this case, increase
the fan speed of the ind oor unit

168
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.124 "L6" Mode Conflict (Reserved)

2.125 "L7" No Master Indoor Unit

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
The unit triggers the "no master indoor unit" fault when no master indoor unit exists in the system.
Possible causes:
■ The master indoor unit is disconnected;
■ The main board of the master indoor unit is replaced;
■ The main board of the master indoor unit is faulty.
Troubleshooting:

"L7" No Master Ind oor Un it

Any delay in p owering on th e


master ind oor unit will tr igger
Whether all the i ndoor No the "no master ind oor unit"
units are connected to the same
fault, which i s th en clea red after
power supply system?
the ma ster indoo r un it is
powere d o n.
Yes

Whether th e main Yes


boa rd o f th e master indoor uni t has Reset the ma ster indoor un it
bee n re placed?

169
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.126 "L9" Inconsistent Number of Indoor Units Under Integrated


Control

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When more than 16 indoor units are connected to the wired controller or the number of indoor units
connected to the wired controller is not the same as what is configured under integrated control, the fault
is generated.
Possible causes:
■ More than 16 indoor units are connected to one wired controller;
■ The number of indoor units connected to the wired controller is not the same as what is configured
under integrated control.
Troubleshooting:
"L9" Inco nsi stent Number
of Indo or Units Unde r
Inte grated Co ntro l

Whether more th an Yes Set the wired controller so that


16 indo or units are connected to the one wired controller can only
wired controller? control 16 indo or units at most

No

Enter th e wire d controlle r p arameter


settings (P14) to set the numbe r of
indo or units unde r in teg rate d control
to b e the same a s th e n umber of
indo or units th at are conne cted to the
wired controller

2.127 "LA" Inconsistent Series of Indoor Units Under Integrated


Control

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When the wired controller detects that the multiple indoor units connected to it belong to different
series, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ The multiple indoor units connected to the wired controller belong to different series.
Troubleshooting:
Make sure that the multiple indoor units connected to the wired controller belong to the same series.

170
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.128 "LH" Poor Air Quality Alarm (Reserved Code, Not Yet Applied)

2.129 "LC" Unmatched Models of Indoor and Outdoor Units

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit display
Applicable models: some indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
The unit triggers the fault of "unmatched indoor and outdoor units" when it fails to recognize some
indoor units or equipment.
Possible causes:
■ The indoor unit is incompatible with the outdoor unit.
Troubleshooting:
The unit triggers the fault when it is connected to indoor units or equipment that it cannot recognize,
such as floor heating in a modular DC inverter VRF system. In this case, to troubleshoot this fault, you
can remove the involved indoor units or change the outdoor unit to make it match the indoor units.

ćLLĈ Water flow switch error


2.130ć

Error display: wired controller of hydro box will display


Applicable model: hydro box
Error judgment condition and method:
Detect if the protection signal of water flow switch is triggered. After turning on the water pump, waterflow switch
protection signal is detected in 15 consecutive seconds, then report alarm.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between limit switch and terminal in main board interface
■Water return of generator is not smooth or lacking water
■Water flow switch is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

171
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“LL” waterflow
switch error

Is the terminal between Yes If it is loosened or there


Mainboard and water flow switch loose are foreign objects,
or any foreign objects inside? retighten it after treatment

No

Supplement water again for


Is there circulating water in the Yes the generator waterway
circulated waterway of generator? when unblocking the
generator waterway

No

Replace the water flow switch


of generator directly

No

Detecting circuit might Yes Replace the main


be abnormal control board

2.131 “LF” Shunt valve setting error

Error display: wired controller of hydro box will display


Applicable model: hydro box
Error judgment condition and method:
When setting the corresponding relationship for the floor heating shunt valve and IDU, the generator shall
detect and judge the project code of IDU to see if the nonexistent project code is set or shunt valve setting error
alarm occurs if the same shunt valve is matching with several IDUs (project code)
Possible reasons
■IDU linked with floor heating is offline
■Project code conflict or IP conflict
Troubleshooting
Step 1: check if the IDU corresponding to the shunt valve is offline, if yes, the IDU is deemed offline;
Step 2: check if the project code or IP is conflict, if yes, adjust the relationship between shunt valve and IDU
again, allow several shunt valves to match with the same IDU (project code), but never allow the same shunt
valve to match with several IDUs (project code).

172
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.132 “LU” Inconsistent IDU branch connecting to the wired


controller which controls multiple indoor units of heat recovery
system

Error display: wired controller will display


Applicable model: wired controller connecting to several IDUs
Error judgment condition and method:
When the controller which controls multiple indoor units is connected to several indoor units, different indoor
units are connected under different mode exchangers, or connected under different branches of the same mode
exchanger.
Possible reasons:
■Indoor unit connecting to the wired controller which controls multiple indoor units is not in the same branch of
the same mode exchanger
■Communication connection between the IDU and mode exchanger connected to the wired controller which
controls multiple indoor units is wrong
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: check if the indoor unit connected to the wired controller which controls multiple indoor units in the
same branch of the same mode exchanger, if no, please connect the indoor units under different branches to
different wired controllers;
Step 2: if the indoor unit connected to the wired controller which controls multiple indoor units is in the same
branch of the same mode exchanger, please check if the indoor unit communication cord connected to the
communication port of the corresponding branch of mode exchanger, if no, please revise the connection of
communication cord;

2.133 “Ln” Lifting panel return air frame reset error

Error display: IDU lamp panel and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: multi VRF indoor unit with the lifting panel
Error judgment condition and method:
Report alarm by judging the status of limit switch 1 and 2.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between limit switch and terminal in main board interface
■Limit switch is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

173
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“Ln” lifting panel return air


frame reset is abnormal

Is the terminal between Yes If it is loosened or there


main board and limit switch loose or are foreign objects,
any foreign objects inside? retighten it after treatment

No

Replace the limit switch 1 and 2,


is the error disappeared?

No
Yes
The detecting circuit Replace the main
might be abnormal control board

2.134 "n0" System Energy Efficiency Running Settings Status


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code of a function. It indicates that the unit has entered energy efficiency state. "00"
indicates comfort as priority; "01" indicates energy efficiency as priority, in which case the unit is up to 15%
more efficient.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.135 "n2" Settings Status of Maximum Capacity Configuration Rate


for Indoor and Outdoor Units
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code of a function. It indicates that the unit has entered settings status of maximum
capacity configuration rate for indoor and outdoor units.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

174
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.136 "n4" Settings Status of Maximum Output Capacity


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
This is a status code of a function. It indicates that the unit has entered settings status of maximum
output capacity. "10" indicates the maximum output capacity of 100%; "09" indicates the maximum
output capacity of 90%; and "08" indicates the maximum output capacity of 80%.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.137 "n6" Unit Fault Query Status


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The code is a query status code. It indicates that the unit has entered unit fault query state. In this
case, you can query five historical faults of indoor and outdoor units. Keep in mind that you have to query
the faults respectively for indoor units and outdoor units.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.138 "n7" Unit Parameter Query Status


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The code is a query status code. It indicates that the unit has entered unit parameter query state.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.139 "n8" Indoor Unit Engineering SN Query

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code is a query status code. It indicates that the unit has entered "indoor unit engineering SN
query" state. In this case the wired controller displays engineering SN of the indoor unit, the buzzer of
which sounds at the same time.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

175
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.140 "n9" Status of Querying Number of Online Indoor Units

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code is a query status code, in which case you can query the number of online indoor units.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.141 "nA" Heating and Cooling Unit

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code indicates that the indoor unit operates in both heating and cooling modes.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.142 "nH" Heating Only Unit

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code indicates that the indoor unit only operates in heating mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.143 "nC" Cooling Only Unit

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code indicates that the indoor unit only operates in cooling mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.144 "nE" Negative Number Code

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code is a negative number code. It indicates that the number following the code is a negative one.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

176
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.145 "nF" Fan Type Unit

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
The code indicates that the indoor unit only operates in fan mode.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: not required.

2.146 “o3” IDU IPM module protection

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: external drive DC fan
Error judgment condition and method:
Check the error code on the display board, if it displays o3, that’s the IDU IPM module protection.
Possible reasons:
■Contact of the fan UVW wire is poor.
■The fan is damaged;
■The fan blade is blocked (the fan blade is blocked and the motor shaft is rusty)
■The fan drive board is abnormal;
Troubleshooting:

177
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“o3” IDU IPM module


protection

Check if the contact of U, V and


W wire of indoor fan is good

Yes

Check is the resistance among winding No


of each indoor fan phase equal? Is the insulation
Replace the fan
against ground of winding of each fan phase normal
(normal value is over 2mΩ)?


Yes

Check if the fan is blocked Yes Clear the foreign


due to foreign objects or the motor
objects
shaft is rusty?

Yes

Other errors occur at the Yes The fan is damaged,


Same time? e.g. the IDU non-
please replace the fan
synchronism protection (o7)

No
Yes
Fan drive board is
Replace the fan drive board
abnormal

2.147 “o7” IDU non-synchronism protection

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: external drive DC fan
Error judgment condition and method:
Check the error code on the display board, if it displays o7, that’s the IDU non-synchronism protection.
Possible reasons:
■Contact of the fan UVW wire is poor;
■The fan is damaged;
■The fan blade is blocked (the fan blade is blocked and the motor shaft is rusty)
■Fan drive board is abnormal;
Troubleshooting:

178
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“o7” IDU non-synchronism


protection

Check if the contact of U, V and W


wire of indoor fan is good

Yes

Check is the resistance among winding


No
of each indoor fan phase equal? Is the insulation
Replace the fan
against ground of winding of each fan phase normal
(normal value is over 2mΩ)?

Yes

Check if the fan is blocked Yes


due to foreign objects or the motor Clear the foreign objects
shaft is rusty?

Yes

Other errors occur at the same Yes


The fan is damaged, please
time? e.g. the IPM module protection
replace the fan
(o3)

No
Fan drive board is Yes Replace the fan drive
abnormal board

2.148 “o8” IDU drive communication error

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: external drive DC fan
Error judgment condition and method:
If the drive does not receive main control data in 30 consecutive seconds, it will report communication error.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between drive board and main control board communication terminal
■Circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

179
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“o8” IDU drive


communication error

Check the terminal between If it is loosened or


external drive board and main control Yes there are foreign
board to see if it is loose or any objects, retighten it
foreign objects inside? after treatment

No

Detecting circuit might


be abnormal

Replace the drive board and


main control board to confirm
and replace the faulted board

2.149 “o9” IDU main control communication error

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will displayy
Applicable model: multi VRF IDU with DC motor
Error judgment condition and method:
If the main control does not receive data in 30 consecutive seconds, it will report communication error; if the
drive does not receive data in 30 consecutive seconds, it will report communication error.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between main control board and drive board communication terminal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

180
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“o9” IDU main control


communication error

Yes
Check the terminal between main If it is loosened or there
board and external drive board to see if it is are foreign objects,
loose or any foreign objects inside? retighten it after treatment

No

Detecting circuit might be abnormal

Replace the main control board


and drive board in turn, then
replace it after confirming the
faulted board.

2.150 "P0" Compressor Drive Board Fault

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis: If the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit is PO, check
the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit, based on
which you are able to identify the specific fault of the compressor drive board. Then, troubleshoot the
fault according to the corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ Compressor drive module reset protection (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays P3);
■ Temperature sensor fault of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays P7);
■ IPM over temperature protection for the compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control
board of the outdoor unit displays P8);
■ Current detection circuit fault of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of
the outdoor unit displays PC);
■ Charging loop fault of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays PF);
■ Loss of synchronization protection for the inverter compressor (2-digit digital LED of the main
control board of the outdoor unit displays P9);
■ Inverter compressor startup failure (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit
displays PJ).
Troubleshooting: based on the faults displayed on the main board of the outdoor unit.

181
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.151 "P1" Malfunctioning Compressor Drive Board

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit is P1, check the fault code
displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit, based on which you are
able to identify the specific fault of the compressor drive board. Then, troubleshoot the fault according to
the corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ Inverter compressor over-current protection (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays P5);
■ IPM module protection for the compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of
the outdoor unit displays P6);
■ Communication fault of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the
outdoor unit displays C2).
Troubleshooting: based on the faults displayed on the main board of the outdoor unit.

2.152 "P2" Input Voltage Protection for the Compressor Drive Board

Fault display: wired controller of indoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If fault code displayed on the wired controller of the indoor unit is P2, check the fault code displayed
on the 2-digit digital LED of the main control board of the outdoor unit, based on which you are able to
identify the specific fault of the compressor drive board. Then, troubleshoot the fault according to the
corresponding troubleshooting methods.
Possible causes:
■ Over voltage protection for the DC bus of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main control
board of the outdoor unit displays PH);
■ Under voltage protection for the DC bus of compressor drive (2-digit digital LED of the main
control board of the outdoor unit displays PL).
Troubleshooting: based on the faults displayed on the main board of the outdoor unit.

2.153 "P3" Reset Protection for the Compressor Drive Module

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P3, it
indicates the reset protection for the compressor drive board.
Possible causes:
■ The compressor drive operates improperly
Troubleshooting:

182
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"P3" Reset Protection for


the Compr essor Drive
Module

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the unit is powered off and powere d o n
for mor e than three time s?

No

Yes
The co mpr essor drive boar d Replace th e compre ssor drive
ope rate s imprope rly boa rd

2.154 "P5" Inverter Compressor Over-current Protection

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P5, it
indicates the over-current protection for the inverter compressor.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of compressor's UVW cables;
■ The compressor's UVW cables are wrongly connected;
■ The compressor is damaged;
■ The system is blocked;
■ IPM module of the compressor drive board is damaged.
Troubleshooting:

183
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"P5" Inve rte r Compressor


Over-current Protection

Whether th e U, V and W
pha ses of compressor wire s are
connected prope rly?

Yes

Whether the resistance


between the windings of each phase for the
compressor is normal (generally less than 2 ohms)? No Replace th e
Whether the resistance values are equal to each other?
Is grounding insulation of the phase windings of the compresso r
compressor normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether th e system is clogged Yes Remove forei gn matters


and whether the valve is op en? and op en the valve

Yes

whether th e system con trol valve


is n ormal (for e xa mpl e, whether balan ce valve
ope rate s normall y and whether th e control
terminal is plu gged prop erly)?

Yes

Whether other fa ults have


occurred at the same time (for example, Yes The co mpr essor is
compressor startup failure (PJ), IPM module damag ed and sh ould be
protection (P6) and loss of synchronization repl ace d
for the compressor (P9))?

No

The co mpr essor drive Yes Replace th e compre ssor


boa rd o perates impr operly drive boar d

184
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.155 "P6" IPM Module Protection for the Compressor Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P6, it
indicates the IPM module protection for the compressor drive.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of compressor's UVW cables;
■ The compressor's UVW cables are wrongly connected;
■ The compressor is damaged;
■ The system is blocked;
■ IPM module of the compressor drive board is damaged.
Troubleshooting:

185
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.156 "P7" Abnormal Temperature Sensor of Compressor Drive


Board

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P7, it
indicates the abnormal temperature sensor of compressor drive board.
Possible causes:
■ The compressor drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"P7" Abn ormal


Temperature Sen sor of
Compressor Drive Boar d

Is th e p roblem so lve d after


the unit is powered off and powere d o n for
more th an thr ee times?

No

Yes
The co mpr essor drive boar d Replace th e compre ssor drive
ope rate s imprope rly boa rd

2.157 "P8" IPM Over Temperature Protection for Compressor Drive


Board

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P8, it
indicates the IPM over temperature protection for the compressor drive.
Possible causes:
■ The IPM module's screws are not tightened;
■ The IPM module is not covered, or unevenly covered by thermal grease, or covered by dried
thermal grease;
■ The compressor drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

186
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"P8" IPM Over Temperature


Pro tection for the
Compressor Drive Boar d

Check whether th e screws are


Whether over-temperature No tightened and whether the IPM
protection of IPM modul e is trig gered
module is coa ted with thermal
upo n p owe r-on?
grea se

No

Yes
The co mpr essor drive boar d Replace th e compre ssor drive
ope rate s imprope rly boa rd

2.158 "P9" Loss of Synchronization Protection for Inverter


Compressor

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is P9, it
indicates the loss of synchronization protection for the inverter compressor.
Possible causes:
■ The compressor drive board operates improperly.
■ The compressor is damaged.
Troubleshooting:

187
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"P9" Loss of
Synchroni zation Pro tection
for the Inverte r Compressor

Whether th e U, V and W
pha ses of compressor wire s are
connected prope rly?

Yes

Whether th e U, V and W
pha ses of compressor
wires a re con nected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance


between the windings of each phase for the
compressor is normal (generally less than 2 ohms)? No Replace th e
Whether the resistance values are equal to each other? Is
grounding insulation of the phase windings of the compresso r
compressor normal (generally greater
than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether th e system is clogged Yes Remove forei gn matters


and whether the valve is op en? and op en the valve

Yes

whether th e system con trol valve


is n ormal (for e xa mpl e, whether balan ce valve
ope rate s normall y and whether th e control
terminal is plu gged prop erly)?

Yes

Whether other fa ults have


occurred at the same time (for example, Yes The co mpr essor is
compressor startup failure (PJ), IPM module damag ed and sh ould be
protection (P6) and compressor over-current repl ace d
protection (P5))?

No

The co mpr essor drive Yes Replace th e compre ssor


boa rd o perates impr operly drive boar d

188
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.159 "PC" Current Detection Circuit Fault of Compressor Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is PC, it
indicates the current detection circuit fault of compressor drive.
Possible causes:
■ The compressor drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

"PC" Curren t De tection


Circuit Fault o f Co mp ressor
Driver

Is th e p roblem
resolved after the unit is powered off
and then powere d o n for more tha n
three ti mes?

No

Yes
The co mpr essor drive boar d Replace th e compre ssor
ope rate s imprope rly drive boar d

2.160 "PH" Over Voltage Protection for DC Bus of Compressor Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
When the input power cable of the main board has a voltage over 460 V, the unit triggers protection
against faults.
Possible causes:
■Power voltage is higher than 430V or 780V(for 460V-voltage);;
■Compressor drive board is abnormal.
Troubleshooting:
ĀPHā Compressor drive DC
bus high voltage protection

Check if power supply voltage Yes


Adjust the voltage to 208/230V
is higher than 430V or 780V
or 460V(for 460V-voltage)
(for 460V- voltage)

No

Compressor drive Replace the compressor


board is abnormal drive board
Yes

189
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.161 "PL" Under Voltage Protection for DC Bus of Compressor


Drive

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Applicable models: VRF5,VRF HE
Fault diagnosis:
When the input power cable of the main board has a voltage below 320 V, the unit triggers
protection against faults.
Possible causes:
■Power voltage is lower than 200V or 360V(for 460V-voltage);
■Compressor drive board is abnormal.

Troubleshooting:

ĀPLā Compressor drive DC


bus low voltage protection

Check if power supply voltage Yes


Adjust the voltage to 208/230V
is lower than 200V or 360V
or 460V(for 460V-voltage)
(for 460V- voltage)

No

Compressor drive Replace the compressor


board is abnormal drive board
Yes

2.162 "PJ" Inverter Compressor Startup Failure

Fault display: main board of outdoor unit displays


Fault diagnosis:
If the fault code displayed on the 2-digit digital LED of the outdoor unit's main control board is PJ, it
indicates the inverter compressor startup failure.
Possible causes:
■ Poor contact of compressor's UVW cables;
■ The compressor is damaged;
■ The compressor drive board operates improperly.
Troubleshooting:

190
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"PJ" Inve rte r Compressor


Startup Fa ilure

Whether th e U, V and W
pha ses of compressor wire s are
connected prope rly?

Yes

Whether th e U, V and W
pha ses of compressor
wires a re con nected pro perly?

Yes

Whether the resistance between


the windings of each phase for the compressor is
normal (generally less than 2 ohms)? Whether the resistance No Replace th e
values are equal to each other? Is grounding insulation of the compresso r
phase windings of the compressor normal
(generally greater than 2 megohms)?

Yes

Whether th e system is clogged Yes Remove forei gn matters


and whether the valve is op en? and op en the valve

Yes

whether th e system con trol valve


is n ormal (for e xa mpl e, whether balan ce valve
ope rate s normall y and whether th e control
terminal is plu gged prop erly)?

Yes

Whether other faults have


occurred at the same time (for example, loss Yes The co mpr essor is
of synchronization for the compressor (P9), IPM damag ed and sh ould be
module protection (P6) and compressor repl ace d
over-current protection (P5))?

No

The co mpr essor drive Yes Replace th e compre ssor


boa rd o perates impr operly drive boar d

191
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.163 "U0" Insufficient Warm-up Time for Compressor


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
When the oil preheating period of time before compressor starts is less than eight hours, the unit
generates a fault.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: Warm up the whole unit for more than eight hours before startup.

2.164 "U2" Incorrect Settings of Outdoor Unit Capacity DIP


Switch/Jumper Cap
Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Applicable models: all outdoor units
Fault diagnosis:
When the capacity DIP switch detected by the outdoor unit's main board is inconsistent with the
unit's actual capacity, or the jumper cap value detected by the outdoor unit's main board is inconsistent
with the actual unit, the fault is generated.
Possible causes:
■ Capacity DIP switch error or jumper cap error (for some models without jumper caps, jumper cap
error is not detected)
■ DIP switch or jumper cap is broken
■ Abnormal detection circuit
Troubleshooting:
"U2" Inco rrect Settings of
Outdoo r Unit Cap aci ty DIP
Switch/Jumper Ca p

Afte r the unit is powered


Whether capacity DIP switch No off, dial the DIP switch
on the ma in b oard and jumper cap are aga in o r re place the jumpe r
consistent with th e a ctual units? cap and th en power on the
unit again

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

192
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.165 "U3" Power Phase-Sequence Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
Check the three-phase power of the unit. If the power is connected incorrectly, thereby causing
phase loss or reverse phase, the unit generates a fault.
Possible causes:
■ The power is connected wrongly or phase loss or reverse phase occurs
■ Abnormal detection circuit
Troubleshooting:

"U3" Power Pha se-


Seq uence Protection

Whether th e
three-pha se power supply is
connected prope rly?

No

The detection circuit may Yes Replace th e main control


ope rate impro perly boa rd

2.166 "U4" Refrigerant Loss Protection


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
Check the high pressure and the low pressure of the unit by the pressure sensor. If the
temperatures corresponding to the high pressure and the low pressure of the unit are below the ambient
temperature for over 5, the unit will not start operation for safety purpose.
Possible causes:
■ Insufficient refrigerant in the unit;
■ The pipes leak.
Troubleshooting:

193
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"U4" Refrigerant Loss


Protection

Whether the refrigerant is


added in accordance with the
design requirements?

No

Check and troubleshoot the


leaks of pipes

2.167 "U6" Abnormal Valve Prompt


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
During commissioning process, determine whether the check valve of the outdoor unit is open by
detecting the unit's parameters by the pressure sensor. If the parameters are abnormal, the unit prompts
you to confirm whether you want to open the check valve again. After confirmation, press SW4 to
proceed.
Possible causes:
■ The check valve of the outdoor unit is not open.
Troubleshooting: Reconfirm and open the check valve of the outdoor unit.

2.168 "U8" Abnormal Pipes of the Indoor Unit


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
During commissioning process, check the temperature of the indoor unit's pipes to determine
whether the pipes are blocked. Any abnormal parameters found would indicate that the unit has the fault.
Possible causes:
■ The electronic expansion valve operates improperly;
■ The indoor unit's pipes are blocked.
Troubleshooting:

194
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

"U8" Abnormal Pipes of the


Indoor Unit

Power on the units based


on the capacity and number of indoor units
enabled previously in the case of protection state. After No Replace the expansion valve coil
confirming that the EXV coil of the indoor unit is connected or main board
properly, power off the unit. Then, power
on to reset the unit and check the
resetting action

Yes

Whether the pipes are clogged as a result of


welding failure? Whether the filter is dirty and whether
the electronic expansion valve is stuck?

2.169 "U9" Abnormal Pipes of Outdoor Unit


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
During commissioning process, check the pressure of the unit to determine whether the pipes of the
outdoor unit are blocked. Any abnormal parameters found would indicate that the unit has the fault.
Possible causes:
■ The electronic expansion valve operates improperly;
■ The outdoor unit's pipes are blocked.
Troubleshooting:
"U9" Abnormal Pipes of Outdoor
Unit

Power on the units


based on the capacity an d number of
indoor u nits enabled previously in the case of No Replace the expansion valve coil
protection state. After confirm ing th at the EXV coil of the indoor
or main board
unit is connected properly, powe r off the u nit. Th en,
powe r on to reset the unit and check
the reset ting action

Yes

Whether the pipes are clogged as a result


of welding failure? Whether the filter is dirty and
whether the electronic expansion valve is stuck?

195
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.170 "UC" Master Indoor Unit Set Successfully


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The code indicates the state of the unit rather than the fault. During the commissioning process, the
unit prompts that the master indoor unit is already set successfully.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: --

2.171 "UL" DIP Switch Error of Compressor Emergency Operation


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The fault is displayed when the DIP switch of compressor emergency operation is not set within the
reasonable range.
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: Re-dial the DIP switch according to the DIP switch table.

2.172 "UE" Auto Refrigerant Charging Void


Fault display: main board of outdoor unit, wired controller of indoor unit and receiver of indoor unit

display
Fault diagnosis:
The code is displayed when the outdoor ambient temperature exceeds the range of auto refrigerant
charging (the normal range of charging refrigerant automatically is 0-40°C).
Possible causes: --
Troubleshooting: Disable the auto refrigerant charging. Instead, charge the refrigerant manually.

2.173 “UF” Mode exchanger IDU identification abnormal

Error display: mode exchanger main board will display


Applicable mode: mode exchange box
Error judgment condition and method:
IDU main board is not compatible with the mode exchange box main board, which might trigger the identification
abnormality error of mode exchanger IDU.
Possible reasons:
■IDU and mode exchanger is not compatible
■Mode exchanger main board is damaged
Troubleshooting:

196
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 1: replace mode exchanger main board to see if the error is solved;
Step 2: if UF error still exists after replacing mode exchanger main board, disconnect the communication
connection of all IDUs and mode exchangers, connect the IDU communication cord one by one to the
communication board of mode exchanger until all the IDUs which have triggered the UF error are tested;
Step 3: update the program for the IDU which triggers UF error or replace the main board.

2.174 “y7” Fresh air inlet temperature sensor error

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: multi VRF indoor unit with fresh air function
Error judgment condition and method:
Sample the AD value of temperature sensor through temperature sensor detecting circuit and judge
the range of AD value. If the sampling AD value exceeds upper limit and lower limit in 5 seconds
continuously, report the error
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between air inlet temperature sensor and main board interface terminal
■Air inlet temperature sensor is abnormal
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:
”y7” fresh air inlet
temperature sensor error

Check the terminal between


Yes If it is loosened or there
main board and fresh air inlet temperature
are foreign objects,
sensor to see if it is loose or any
retighten it after treatment
foreign objects inside?

No

Replace the inlet tube sensor, is the


error disappeared?

No

Detecting circuit might No Replace the main


be abnormal control board

2.175 “yA” IFD error

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: high-end fresh air floor standing unit
Error judgment condition and method:
After turning on the IFD for 60s, start the error feedback test, if the IFU feedback tested in 5 consecutive seconds
is low level, it’s deemed that IFD is faulted.

197
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Possible reasons:
■ Poor contact between IFD feedback side and main board interface terminal
■IFD abnormality
■Detecting circuit is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

”yA” IFD error

Check the terminal between main Yes If it is loosened or there are


board and IFD to see if it is loose or any foreign objects, retighten it
foreign objects inside? after treatment

No

Replace the IFD directly,


is the error disappeared?

No
Yes
Detecting circuit might Replace the main
be abnormal control board

“\”,QGRRUDLUER[VHQVRUJHQHUDOHUURU

Error display: ODU main board and IDU wired controller will display
Applicable model: IDU with air box
Error judgment condition and method:
Main board, air box communication abnormality and air box test data (temperature, humidity and CO2
concentration or PM2.5 concentration) has exceeded the set upper and lower limiting value.
Possible reasons:
■Poor contact between main control board and air box communication terminal
■Air box detection is abnormal
Troubleshooting:

198
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

“y8” indoor air box


sensor general error

Yes
Check if the monitor software
displays air box and the test data

No

Check if the communication cord


between main control board and air box
loose or any foreign objects inside? If it is
loosened or there are foreign objects,
retighten it after treatment

Is the error disappeared?

No

Replace the corresponding air box or


monitor software which can’t be
detected, or the air box which the
monitor software displays abnormal
test data

Is the error disappeared?

No

Replace the main board

2.177 Ineffective Cooling and Heating


Applicable models: all indoor units
Fault diagnosis:
1) In cooling mode, when the electronic expansion valve is open to 2000PLS, the temperature of
outlet pipes of the indoor unit coil is over 5°C greater than the temperature of inlet pipes of the
indoor unit coil;
2) In heating mode, when the electronic expansion valve is open to 2PLS, the temperature of inlet
pipes of the indoor unit coil is over 12°C less than the saturation temperature corresponding to
the high pressure;
Possible causes:
■ The check valve of the outdoor unit is not opened fully as required.
■ The unit pipes are clogged.

199
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

■ The unit operates out of the range of required ambient temperature.


■ Airflow organization is set ineffectively.
■ The amount of refrigerant is insufficient.
Troubleshooting:

Ineffective Coolin g a nd
Heating

Whether th e check No Ope n the check valve u ntil


valve o f th e o utdo or unit is it re ach es its maximu m, full
ope ned fu lly? ope n p osition

Yes

When touching by ha nd along


No Cut off the pipes for
the flow direction of refriger ant, whether th e
confirmatio n a nd replace
pipe s have greatly varying temperatures
and re-weld th e p ipes.
locally or g et frosty?

Yes
In cooli ng mo de, check whether th e a mbi ent
temperature of the indo or u nit is h igher than
32°C. If it occurs within the first one hou r after
star tup, it is acceptabl e; otherwise, it in dica tes
Whether th e i ndoor that the model co nfig uration is unr easonable.
and ou tdo or a mb ient temperature s In cooli ng mo de, check whether th e o utd oor
meet the requ irements of the unit? ambien t te mp erature is high er tha n 40°C. If
yes, it is acceptabl e.

Yes In h eating mo de, check whether th e a mbi ent


temperature of the indo or u nit is lo we r than
12°C. If it occurs within the first two hour s after
star tup, it is acceptabl e; otherwise, it in dica tes
that the model co nfig uration is unr easonable.
The right mod els should be selected.
In h eating mo de, check whether th e o utd oor
ambien t te mp erature is lower than -7°C. If ye s,
it is acceptabl e.

Whether the air outlet


and return of the outdoor unit are short
circuited, thus causing ineffective heat exchanging? Yes Redesign airflow
Whether the air return of the indoor unit is short orga nizatio n
circuited, thus causing ineffective
heat exchanging?

No

Check aga in the amoun t of refrige rant to


be add ed in the pipe s and per form th e
ope rati ons from the check valve o f low
pressure gas pipe.

200
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.178 No Faults Displayed But Compressor Not Starting in


Cooling/Heating Mode
Error display: no error displayed but compressor not starting in cooling / heating mode
Applicable model: all ODUs
Error judgment condition and method:
Under shutdown status, the high pressure sensor has detected that the high pressure of the module
is 55ć or higher, or the discharge temperature sensor / shell top temperature sensor has detected that the
temperature is 105ć or higher.
Possible reasons:
■The ambient temperature is 55ć or higher;
■The temperature of the compressor is 105ć or higher;
■High pressure sensor is abnormal;
■Temperature sensor is abnormal;
Troubleshooting:
Step 1: confirm the ambient temperature is below 55ć, otherwise the compressor cannot start;
Step 2: detect the temperature of the compressor, if the temperature is over 104ć, the compressor cannot
start;
Step 3: if the above inspections are normal, connect the multi-functional debugger;
Step 4: if the high pressure of the module is 55 or higher, replace the high pressure sensor;
Step 5: if the discharge temperature / shell top temperature of the compressor is 105 or higher, replace the
temperature sensor.

201
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3 Non-fault Type Troubleshooting

ķ If an abnormal situation (such as peculiar smell) occurs, please stop the operation immediately and
turn off the main Power, and then contact Lennox authorized maintenance center. If the unit continues
to operate under abnormal situation, the air conditioner will be damaged and an electric shock or fire
accident may result.
ĸ Do not maintain the air conditioner by yourself, misoperation may cause electric shock or fire hazard.
Please contact professional personnel of Lennox authorized maintenance center to maintain.
● Before asking for maintenance, please check the following issues first.
Problems Causes What to do
Replace fuse or reset the circuit
Fuse or circuit breaker is cut off.
breaker.
Restart unit when power is
Power failure.
restored.
Unit doesn’t work.
Power is not connected Connect the power.
Remote controller’s power is not enough. Replace new battery.
Remote controller is out of the control range. Control range is within 8m.
Unit runs but stops Air inlet or air outlet of indoor and outdoor units is
Clear obstructions.
immediately. blocked.
Air inlet or air outlet of indoor and outdoor units is
Clear obstructions.
blocked.
Adjust setting at remote
Improper temp setting.
controller or wired controller.
Adjust setting at remote
Fan speed is set too low.
controller or wired controller.
Abnormal cooling or Adjust setting at remote
Wind direction is not correct.
heating. controller or wired controller.
Door or window is open. Close the door or window.
Direct sunshine. Draw curtain or louver.
Too many people in the room. —
Too many heat resources in the room. Reduce heat resources.
Filter is blocked and dirty. Clean the filter.

NOTICE:
If problem cannot be solved after checking the above items, please contact Lennox service center and
describe the cases and models.
● Following circumstances are not malfunctions.
Phenomenon Causes
When unit is started immediately Overload protection switch makes it run after 3
Unit doesn’t run after it is just turned off minutes delay
When power is turned on Standby operating for about 1 minute
Mist comes from the
Under cooling Indoor high humidity air is cooled rapidly
unit
When the Power is connected, there It is the sound of startup action of electronic
is small “dada” sound. expansion valve.
When the system is conducting
This is the sound of refrigerant flowing inside the
Noise is emitted cooling , defrosting or oil return,
unit.
there is continuous “saüü” sound.

202
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Phenomenon Causes
When the system is switching
cooling and heating modes; during
heating operation, the unit enters or This is the sound for direction reversal of 4-way
quits defrosting operation or oil valve.
return operation, there is “chiüü”
sound.
When the system is started or
stopped for a short time, you can
hear the sound of “saüü”; you can This is the sound produced when the refrigerant
also hear this sound for a short time stops or changes the flow.
after the start or stop of the
defrosting operation.
When the system is in cooling
operation or after it stops running, a
This is the operation sound of drain system.
continuous “saüü” sound can be
heard
When the system is running or after This is the sound produced when plastic parts such
it stops running, a “creaking” sound as panel expansion and contraction due to
can be heard. temperature changes.
When the system is in heating
Noise is emitted The unit is melting the frost on the outdoor unit,
operation, after the indoor unit stops
please wait about 10 minutes (due to different unit
running, the sound like running water
models, the waiting time will vary).
can be heard.
This sound can be heard when other indoor units
When the indoor unit stops running,
are running. This is to prevent oil and refrigerant
a faint “saüü” sound or “gurgling”
from staying in the indoor unit, and to keep a small
sound can be heard.
amount of refrigerant flowing.
When the unit is running, the
This is caused by changes in compressor operating
operating sound of the compressor
frequency.
changes.
During the operation of the unit or
after the operation is started or This is the sound produced when the refrigerant
stopped, a continuous “saüü” bypass valve operates.
sound can be heard.
When the operating mode of the unit
changes, the indoor unit and outdoor This is the sound produced when the refrigerant
unit will produce “saüü” and stops or changes flow.
“gurgling” sounds.
This is because the outdoor unit is installed close to
The sound from the outdoor unit can
the window or wall, and the sound insulation is
be heard indoors
poor, and the external noise is transmitted in.
There is dust blowing Start operation after it is not used for
Dust in indoor unit is blew out
out from the unit a long time
The odor of the air conditioner is sucked into the
The unit emits odor Operating
room and then blown out
The fan of indoor unit will continue to work for 20 to
The indoor unit is still
The indoor unit is still running after 70 seconds to fully use the residual cooling or heat
running after shutting
shutting down of the heat exchanger, and to prepare for the next
down
use.
When the selected operation mode of the indoor
unit conflicts with the operation mode of the outdoor
unit, after five seconds, the indoor unit error
indicator flashes or the remote controller displays
Cooling or heating mode cannot start the operation conflict, and the indoor unit shuts
Mode conflict
up down. At this time, the indoor unit can be converted
to run with the outdoor unit. The mode can be
restored to normal without conflict. The cooling
mode and dry mode do not conflict, and the air
supply does not conflict with any mode.

203
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Chapter 4 Maintenance

During the maintenance of a modular unit, all the outside units must be powered on and off
concurrently. Avoid doing so to only some of the outdoor units.

1 Precautions for Refrigerant Leakage


(1) AC project designers and installers shall obey the local laws and regulations on the safety
requirement of the usage and leakage of refrigerant.
(2) The multi VRF unit adopts R410A refrigerant. When installing in the space with people, the
refrigerant amount shall not exceed the max.allowable concentration. Otherwise, suffocation will
occur. For example, the max.allowable concentration for refrigerant of European safety standard
and regulation is 0.44kg/m3.
Max. refrigerant charge(kg)= Room volume(m3)× max. allowable concentration(kg/m3)
Refrigerant charge˄kg˅= Adding quantity of refrigerant˄kg˅+ ∑ex-factory charge of ODU˄kg˅
Refrigerant charge ≤ Max. refrigerant charge
(3) When refrigerant charge has exceeded the max.refrigerant charge, re-design the refrigeration
system and divide the refrigeration system to several refrigeration systems of small volume, or add
corresponding ventilation measures and alarms.

Since the concentration of refrigerant is greater than that of air, pay attention to the spaces where
the refrigerant may residue, for example, the basement.

2 Refrigerant Charging
Total refrigerant charging amount R= Pipeline charging amount A + Σ charging amount B of every
module.

2.1 Pipeline charging amount:


Pipeline charging amount A= Σ Liquid pipe length × refrigerant charging amount of every 1m liquid
pipe.
Diameter of
liquid pipe Φ28.6 Φ25.4 Φ22.2 Φ19.05 Φ15.9 Φ12.7 Φ9.52 Φ6.35
(1-1/8) (1) (7/8) (3/4) (5/8) (1/2) (3/8) (1/4)
(mm(inchͨ)
kg/m 0.680 0.520 0.350 0.250 0.170 0.110 0.054 0.022
OZ/inch 0.61 0.47 0.31 0.22 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.02

204
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2.2 Refrigerant charging amount B of every module


Refrigerant charging amount B
of every module (kg(Pounds)) Module capacity(kW)
ĸ
IDU/ODU rated
capacity Quantity of
22.4 28 33.5 40 45 50.4 56 61.5 68
collocation ratio C indoor unit
ķ
<4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
50%≤C≤70%
≥4 0.5(1.1) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1(2.2) 1.5(3.3) 1.5(3.3)
<4 0.5(1.1) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 1.5(3.3) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 2(4.4)
70%˘C≤90%
≥4 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 2.5(5.5) 3(6.6) 3.5(7.7) 3.5(7.7)
<4 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 1(2.2) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 2.5(5.5) 3(6.6) 3.5(7.7) 3.5(7.7)
90%˘C≤105%
≥4 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 4(8.8) 4(8.8) 4(8.8) 5(11.0) 5(11.0) 5(11.0)
<4 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 2(4.4) 3(6.6) 3(6.6) 3.5(7.7) 4(8.8) 4(8.8) 4(8.8)
105%˘C≤135% 5.5
≥4 3.5(7.7) 4(8.8) 4(8.8) 5(11.0) 5(11.0) 6(13.2) 6(13.2) 6(13.2)
(12.1)

Notes:
ķ Rated capacity configuration rate of indoor unit and outdoor unit C = sum of indoor unit rated
cooling capacity / sum of outdoor unit rated cooling capacity.
ĸ If all indoor units are all fresh air indoor units, the added refrigerant amount for each module B
is 0kg(0 LBS).
Ĺ If all fresh air indoor units are mixed with the general VRF indoor units, charge the refrigerant
according to the refrigerant-charging method of the general indoor unit.
For example1:

Outdoor unit consists of one 28kW module and one 45kW module. Five 14kW duct type units are
used as indoor units.
IDU/ODU rated capacity collocation ratio C=14.0×5/(28.0+45.0)=96%. The quantity of included IDUs
is more than 4 sets. Please refer to the above table.
Additional refrigerant quantity B for 28kW module is 2.0 kg(4.41 LBS).

Additional refrigerant quantity B for 45kw module is 4 kg(8.82 LBS).


So, ∑Refrigerant charging amount B of every module=2.0+4=6 kg(13.23 LBS).

Suppose the Pipeline charging amount A=∑Liquid pipe length × refrigerant charging amount of
every 1m liquid pipe=20kg(44.1 LBS).
Total refrigerant charging amount R=20+6=26kg(49.83 LBS).
For example 2:

Outdoor unit is a 45kW module and the indoor unit is a 45kW fresh air unit. The quantity (B) of
refrigerant added to this module is 0kg(0 LBS).

So, ∑Refrigerant charging amount B of every module= 0kg(0 LBS).


Suppose the Pipeline charging amount A=∑Liquid pipe length × refrigerant charging amount of
every 1m liquid pipe = 5kg(11.025 LBS).
Total refrigerant charging amount R = 5+0=5kg(11.025 LBS).

205
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Modular combination of outdoor unit subjects to combinations that is currently available.

3 Refrigerant Charging Method


Refrigerant charging for multi VRF unit includes two parts: pre-charging and start-up charging.

3.1 Pre-charging of refrigerant.


Step 1: Connect the pipe of high pressure gauge of the pressure gauge to the detection port of
liquid pipe, the pipe of low pressure gauge to the detection port of gas pipe valve, and the pipe of
intermediate pressure gauge to the vacuum pump. Put through the power for the vacuum pump to
conduct the vacuum drying work.
Step 2: Once vacuum drying is completed, close the high pressure gauge valve and the low
pressure gauge valve. Disassemble the intermediate gauge pipe and the vacuum pump connection end,
and then connect the refrigerant tank.
Step 3: Properly loosen the pipe of intermediate gauge and the connection end of pressure gauge,
slightly open the refrigerant tank valve, and empty the pipe of intermediate gauge. After that, retighten
the joint and open the refrigerant tank valve.
Step 4: If the refrigerant tank itself does not have a siphon, then the refrigerant tank needs to be
inverted and placed on the electronic scale to record the current weight of m1; if the refrigerant tank itself
has a siphon, the refrigerant tank should be kept in an upright state, and record the current weight of m1.

206
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 5: Open the high pressure gauge valve (the low pressure gauge valve remains closed), charge
the system with refrigerant, and record the weight change of the refrigerant tank.
Step 6: When refrigerant tank is over and the refrigerant can’t be charged to the system any more,
record the current weight of m2.
Step 7: Close the high pressure gauge valve and replace the refrigerant tank.
Step 8: Re-execute "step 3".
Step 9: Repeat "step 5" and "step 6" to record the weight of m3 before charging refrigerant and the
weight of m4 after charging refrigerant.
Step 10: If the refrigerant cannot be continuously charged into the system and the calculated added
amount of refrigerant has not been fully charged into the system, record current total pre-charging
amount:
m=(m1-m2) +(m3-m4) +…+(mn-1-mn)
Remained refrigerant for start-up charging m`=M-m
“M” is the calculated total required refrigerant-charging volume.
If the amount of pre-charging refrigerant “m” has reached the total added amount of refrigerant for
the system, close the refrigerant tank valve immediately to complete the refrigerant-charging work. Skip
to the "step 11".
Step 11: Complete the refrigerant-charging work and remove the pressure gauge, etc.

3.2 Start-up charging of refrigerant


Step 1: Close the refrigerant tank valve and reconnect the pipe of pressure gauge. Remove the
pipe of low pressure gauge from the check port of gas pipe valve and connect it to the low pressure
check valve(as shown in the following figure).

207
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 2: Fully open the liquid pipe valve and gas pipe valve of each module.
Step 3: Make the complete unit enter into debugging operation by the debugging software or the
main board of outdoor unit. (see the debugging part for the specific operation).
Step 4: When it comes to the procedure of charging refrigerant, open the refrigerant tank valve and
charge the residual refrigerant “m`”.
Step 5: When all refrigerant has been charged, close the refrigerant tank valve and wait until the
automatic debugging for the complete unit is finished.
Step 6: Once debugging is finished, disassemble the pressure gauge, etc., to complete the
refrigerant-charging work.

208
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual

4 Inspection of Key Parts


4.1 Power
Specifications Description
The power supplies of the compressor and fan comprise the following
three parts:
Use of power to the main control board:
ʒ The specifications of the input power are 440~460V 3~ 60Hz+ earth
ʒ Phase protection.
line.
ʓ Providing 440~460V AC power for the solenoid valve coil and 4-way valve coil.
ʓ The drive board can convert AC power to DC power of about 640 V
(1.41 x power voltage). ʔ Generating the low-voltage DC power.
ʔ DC-AC three-phase inverter.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

209
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
The power supplies of the compressor and fan comprise the following
three parts:
Use of power to the main control board:
ʒ The specifications of the input power are 440~460V 3~ 60Hz+ earth
ʒ Phase protection.
line.
ʓ Providing 440~460V AC power for the solenoid valve coil and 4-way valve coil.
ʓ The drive board can convert AC power to DC power of about 640 V
(1.41 x power voltage). ʔ Generating the low-voltage DC power.
ʔ DC-AC three-phase inverter.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

210
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
The power supplies of the compressor and fan comprise the following
three parts:
Use of power to the main control board:
ʒ The specifications of the input power are 440~460V 3~ 60Hz+ earth
ʒ Phase protection.
line.
ʓ Providing 440~460V AC power for the solenoid valve coil and 4-way valve coil.
ʓ The drive board can convert AC power to DC power of about 640 V
(1.41 x power voltage). ʔ Generating the low-voltage DC power.
ʔ DC-AC three-phase inverter.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

211
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
The power supplies of the compressor and fan comprise the following
three parts:
Use of power to the main control board:
ʒ The specifications of the input power are 440~460V 3~ 60Hz+ earth
ʒ Phase protection.
line.
ʓ Providing 440~460V AC power for the solenoid valve coil and 4-way valve coil.
ʓ The drive board can convert AC power to DC power of about 640 V
(1.41 x power voltage). ʔ Generating the low-voltage DC power.
ʔ DC-AC three-phase inverter.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

212
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual

4.1.1 Mechanical Inspection


(1) Confirm that the unit power is disconnected.
(2) Remove the electrical appliance cover.
(3) Check whether the power cable is fixed on the wiring board.
(4) Check whether the fuses on the main board and filter board are damaged.
(5) Check whether the varistors on the main board and filter board are damaged.

4.1.2 Electrical Inspection


Check the power cable from the main switch board to the ODU:
(1) Use an ohmmeter of at least 500V DC to check whether the insulation resistance between each
phase and the ground reaches at least 1 megohm. Small insulation resistance indicates a
potential electric leakage.
Warning: Electric shock
(2) After the checking, connect the power and verify that the voltage of the power terminals is
correct:
The power voltage between two phases is 460VAC±10%.
The unbalance rate of the power between two phases does not exceed 2%.
(3) Check the power on the main control board:
Confirm that the X4 and X5 on the main control board are active.

213
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual

4.2 Temperature Sensors


Specifications Description
Three types of temperature sensors of different specifications are
The sensors are used to measure the temperature of the unit at different positions.
used, including 50K, 20K and 15K.
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

214
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
Three types of temperature sensors of different specifications are
The sensors are used to measure the temperature of the unit at different positions.
used, including 50K, 20K and 15K.
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

215
Lennox VRF HE Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
Three types of temperature sensors of different specifications are
The sensors are used to measure the temperature of the unit at different positions.
used, including 50K, 20K and 15K.
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

216
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.2.1 Mechanical Inspection


(1) Confirm that the unit Power is disconnected.
(2) Find the place corresponding to each sensor on the unit and check if the sensors are firmly
fixed on the unit.

4.2.2 Electrical Inspection


Measure the actual temperature and resistance of the temperature sensors, and compare it with the
characteristic curve of the temperature sensors to determine whether the thermocouple is normal.
(1) Power off the unit. Remove the electrical appliance cover after the ODU stops.
Warning: Electric shock
(2) Remove the electrical appliance cover and check whether the connecting terminal of the
temperature sensors is firm.
(3) Use a thermometer to measure the temperature of the spot sensed by the temperature
sensors.
(4) Disconnect the connecting terminal of the corresponding temperature sensor from the main
board. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of the temperature sensors and compare it
with the confirmed temperature range.
(5) If the measured resistance and temperature do not match with the resistance and temperature
in the characteristic curve of the temperature sensor, the temperature sensor needs to be
replaced.
(6) If the measured resistance and temperature match with the resistance and temperature in the
characteristic curve of the temperature sensor, but the temperature of the spot is abnormal
according to the monitoring of the unit, the main board needs to be replaced.

217
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
15K temperature sensor resistance - temperature curve
15K
Temperature Resistance
\°C \KΩ
-20 144
-15 108.7
-10 82.75
-5 63.46
0 49.02
5 38.15
10 29.9
15 23.6
20 18.75
25 15
30 12.07
35 9.779
40 7.967
45 6.529
50 5.379
55 4.456
60 3.711
65 3.105
70 2.611
75 2.205
80 1.871
85 1.594
90 1.363
95 1.171
100 1.009
105 0.873
110 0.7577
115 0.6599
120 0.5765
125 0.5052
130 0.4441
135 0.3914
140 0.346
145 0.3066
150 0.2725
155 0.2427
160 0.2166

218
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
20K temperature sensor resistance - temperature curve
20K
Temperature Resistance
\°C \KΩ
-30 361.8
-25 265.5
-20 196.9
-15 145
-10 110.3
-5 84.61
0 65.37
5 50.87
10 39.87
15 31.47
20 25.01
25 20
30 16.1
35 13.04
40 10.62
45 8.705
50 7.173
55 5.942
60 4.948
65 4.14
70 3.481
75 2.94
80 2.495
85 2.125
90 1.818
95 1.561
100 1.346
105 1.164
110 1.01
115 0.8799
120 0.7687
125 0.6736
130 0.5921
135 0.5219
140 0.4613
145 0.4088
150 0.3633
155 0.3237
160 0.2891

219
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
50K temperature sensor resistance - temperature curve
50K
Temperature Resistance
\°C \KΩ
-30 911.56
-25 660.93
-20 486.55
-15 362.99
-10 274.02
-5 209.05
0 161.02
5 126.17
10 98.006
15 77.349
20 61.478
25 49.191
30 39.61
35 32.088
40 26.147
45 21.425
50 17.651
55 14.618
60 12.168
65 10.178
70 8.5551
75 7.2245
80 6.1288
85 5.2223
90 4.4693
95 3.841
100 3.3147
105 2.8721
110 2.4983
115 2.1816
120 1.9123
125 1.6821
130 1.485
135 1.3155
140 1.1694
145 1.0429
150 0.9331

220
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.3 Solenoid Valve


Specifications Description

ķ The 4-way valve is used to switch between cooling mode and heating mode. If the 4-way valve is active, the unit
Coils of different types are used on:
works in heating mode, if the 4-way valve is inactive, the unit works in cooling mode.
ķ Solenoid valve.
ĸ The solenoid valve is used to control the on-and-off of the pipeline. The valve of the unit is solid closed. That is,
ĸ 4-way valve.
the valve is closed when it is inactive, open when it is active.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

221
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description

ķ The 4-way valve is used to switch between cooling mode and heating mode. If the 4-way valve is active, the unit
Coils of different types are used on:
works in heating mode, if the 4-way valve is inactive, the unit works in cooling mode.
ķ Solenoid valve.
ĸ The solenoid valve is used to control the on-and-off of the pipeline. The valve of the unit is solid closed. That is,
ĸ 4-way valve.
the valve is closed when it is inactive, open when it is active.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

222
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description

ķ The 4-way valve is used to switch between cooling mode and heating mode. If the 4-way valve is active, the unit
Coils of different types are used on:
works in heating mode, if the 4-way valve is inactive, the unit works in cooling mode.
ķ Solenoid valve.
ĸ The solenoid valve is used to control the on-and-off of the pipeline. The valve of the unit is solid closed. That is,
ĸ 4-way valve.
the valve is closed when it is inactive, open when it is active.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

223
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description

ķ The 4-way valve is used to switch between cooling mode and heating mode. If the 4-way valve is active, the unit
Coils of different types are used on:
works in heating mode, if the 4-way valve is inactive, the unit works in cooling mode.
ķ Solenoid valve.
ĸ The solenoid valve is used to control the on-and-off of the pipeline. The valve of the unit is solid closed. That is,
ĸ 4-way valve.
the valve is closed when it is inactive, open when it is active.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

224
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.3.1 Mechanical Inspection


(1) Confirm that the unit Power is disconnected.
(2) Find the 4-way valve or solenoid valve, check whether the fixing screw is loose and whether the
valve and coil have any apparent exceptions.

4.3.2 Electrical Inspection


Compare the measured coil resistance with the normal coil resistance to check whether the coil is
damaged.
(1) Power off the unit. Remove the electrical appliance cover after the ODU stops.
Warning: Electric shock
(2) Remove the electrical appliance cover and check whether the connecting terminal of the 4-way
valve or solenoid valve is firm.
(3) Disconnect the corresponding valve's coil terminal from the main board and use a multimeter to
measure the coil resistance.
(4) If the measured resistance does not match with that in the following table, the coil needs to be
replaced.

Bolt on Resistance (Ω)


Normal range
Coil the main ODU capacity (HP)
of deviation
board 8, 10, 12 14, 16, 18 20, 22, 24
Main cooling 4-way
CN23 2085 ±10%
valve
Oil-return solenoid
CN24 2085 ±10%
valve 1
Oil-return solenoid
CN25 — 2085 ±10%
valve 2
Low-temperature
oil-return solenoid CN26 2085 ±10%
valve
Subcooler solenoid
CN27 1273 ±10%
valve
Gas bypass valve CN30 2085 ±10%

225
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.4 Electronic Expansion Valve


Specifications Description
Two types of electronic expansion valves are adopted by the unit:
ʒ Heating electronic expansion valve with the largest openness of 3000 pls and 6-core coil.
The electronic expansion valve is used to control the flow. When the electronic
ʓ Subcooling electronic expansion valve and EVI electronic expansion valve with the largest expansion valve is closed (the openness is 0 pls), the flow is stopped.
openness of 480 pls and 5-core coil.

Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position


Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

226
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
Two types of electronic expansion valves are adopted by the unit:
ʒ Heating electronic expansion valve with the largest openness of 3000 pls and 6-core coil.
The electronic expansion valve is used to control the flow. When the electronic
ʓ Subcooling electronic expansion valve and EVI electronic expansion valve with the largest
expansion valve is closed (the openness is 0 pls), the flow is stopped.
openness of 480 pls and 5-core coil.

Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

227
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
Two types of electronic expansion valves are adopted by the unit:
ʒ Heating electronic expansion valve with the largest openness of 3000 pls and 6-core coil.
The electronic expansion valve is used to control the flow. When the electronic
ʓ Subcooling electronic expansion valve and EVI electronic expansion valve with the largest
expansion valve is closed (the openness is 0 pls), the flow is stopped.
openness of 480 pls and 5-core coil.

Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position


Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

228
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Specifications Description
Two types of electronic expansion valves are adopted by the unit:
ʒ Heating electronic expansion valve with the largest openness of 3000 pls and 6-core coil.
The electronic expansion valve is used to control the flow. When the electronic
ʓ Subcooling electronic expansion valve and EVI electronic expansion valve with the largest
expansion valve is closed (the openness is 0 pls), the flow is stopped.
openness of 480 pls and 5-core coil.

Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position


Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

229
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.4.1 Mechanical Inspection


Step 1: Switch off the power of the ODU.
Step 2: Check whether the coil of the electronic expansion valve is firmly fixed on the electronic
expansion valve.

4.4.2 Electrical Inspection


Step 1: Power off the ODU and power on it. When the ODU is powered on again, the electronic
expansion valve should be reset. When the electronic expansion valve is reset, touch the valve with a
hand to check if the valve core rotates. In the second half of the resetting process, the valve core will
click and vibrate obviously; otherwise, the electronic expansion valve, coil or the main board needs to be
replaced.
Step 2: Switch off the power of the ODU, disconnect the coil terminal of the electronic expansion
valve from the main board and use a multimeter to measure the resistance of each contact point of the
terminal. The normal range of the resistance is shown in the following table. If any value is beyond the
normal range, the coil is damaged and needs to be replaced.
Max. Coil
Interface Port Terminal
Coil Color number Diagram of internal coils resistance
No. specifications layout
of steps range

White
White
Yellow Red
Heating Orange
electronic Blue Orange
CN19 White 6 cores 3000 100Ω±10Ω
expansion Red
valve Brown

Yellow Brown Blue

Subcooler
electronic
CN20 Red 5 cores 480 Orange
expansion
valve Orange
Red
Gray
EVI
Yellow Yellow
electronic
CN17 Black 5 cores 480 Black 46Ω±3Ω
expansion
Grey
valve 1
EVI
electronic Red Black
CN18 White 5 cores 480
expansion
valve 2

230
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.5 Fans
Specifications Description
The fans are powered by a DC inverter motor and can adjust the speed automatically
The unit of 8HP-12HP is equipped with one fan, while the unit of 14HP-24HP is equipped with
according to the environmental temperature and load, thus adapting to the demand of
two fans. The fans are connected to the fan drive board by a group of three power cables.
the unit operation.
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

231
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

232
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

233
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

234
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.5.1 Mechanical Inspection


Step 1: Switch off the power of the ODU.
Step 2: Check whether the connector between the fan motor and fan drive board is firmly
connected.
Step 3: Rotate the blades with a hand to check whether they can rotate smoothly and whether the
blades rub the baffle ring during rotation. If the blades are blocked during rotation, the motor needs to be
replaced; if the blades rub the baffle ring during rotation, check whether the blades and baffle ring
deform and needs to be replaced.

4.5.2 Electrical Inspection


Switch off the power of the ODU. Disconnect the connector between the fan motor and fan drive
board. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance of each contact point of the motor terminal. The
normal range of the resistance is shown in the following table. If any value is beyond the normal range,
the motor is damaged and needs to be replaced.
Range of coil
Terminal layout Diagram of internal coils resistance between
any two phases

U (BN brown)

3.W Blue 1.U Brown V (BK black) 10.2Ω±7%


2.V Black
W (BU blue)

4.6 Compressor
Specifications Description
Models: AA55PHDG-A1Y2, DA80PHDG-A1Y2 Compression refrigerant, recycling refrigerant.

235
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Physical position

236
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Physical position

237
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Physical position

238
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.6.1 Diagnosis of Compressor Failures


4.6.1.1 When the unit can be started
Step 1:
If the unit can be started, check the faulty compressor's line current. Use a pressure gauge to
measure the gas and liquid valve pressure and monitor the measured data on a PC. Compare the data
to the following table of recommended current. The current may deviates by about 10% depending on
the inverter compressor's speed and working condition.
(1) Inverter compressor AA55PHDG-A1Y2:
When the compressor frequency is 30 Hz, the power curve under different evaporation temperature
and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

239
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

When the compressor frequency is 60 Hz, the power curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

When the compressor frequency is 90 Hz, the power curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

240
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

When the compressor frequency is 120 Hz, the current curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

When the compressor is working at another frequency, the current curve can be obtained through
interpolation calculation of the above frequency.
(2) Inverter compressor DA80PHDG-A1Y2:
When the compressor frequency is 30 Hz, the current curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

When the compressor frequency is 60 Hz, the current curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

241
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

When the compressor frequency is 90 Hz, the current curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

When the compressor frequency is 120 Hz, the current curve corresponding to the evaporation
temperature and condensation temperature is shown as follows:

When the compressor is working at another frequency, the current curve can be obtained through
interpolation calculation of the above frequency.
Step 2:
Check whether the running sound of the compressor is normal and whether any high-pitched sound
or obvious scratch can be heard. If there is a nearby unit running properly, compare the sound of the
compressor under inspection with that of the normally running unit.
Step 3:

242
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Check whether the electronic expansion valve of the ODU and 4-way valve work properly, and
whether the oil-return pipeline and oil-return valve are normal. Touch the oil-return capillary tube with a
hand to check whether oil flows in the tube and check the pipeline temperature.
Diagnosis method:
1) Electronic expansion valve: When the unit is powered on and off each time, the electronic
expansion valve needs to reset. Touch the valve with a hand to check if the valve core rotates.
In the second half of the resetting process, the valve core will click and vibrate obviously.

Subcooling
electronic
expansion valve

Heating electronic
expansion valve

Note on touching the electronic expansion valve:

243
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Notes:

ʒ Check whether the coil is firmly fixed.

ʓ Touch the upper part of the electronic expansion valve and check whether the resetting of the
unit can be clearly felt.
2) 4-way valve: When it is normal, the temperature different between it and the four copper tubes
connecting to the valve is obvious. When the 4-way valve works, obvious sound and vibration
can be heard and felt.

244
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Do not touch directly by


hand the position of the
four-way valve in the
unit. High-temperature
refrigerant on the
exhaust side may cause
danger of burning

D - Connecting to
the exhaust side.
Warning: high
temperature!

Marks are made on the 4-way valve: D indicates connection to the exhaust side, E indicates
connection to the IDU evaporator, S indicates connection to the air inlet of gas-liquid separator, C
indicates connection to the condenser; when the system runs in the cooling mode, C indicates that the
pipeline is in the high-pressure and high-temperature status, while E and S indicate that the pipeline is in
the low-pressure and low-temperature status; when the system runs in the heating mode, E indicates
that the pipeline is in the high-pressure and high-temperature status, while C and S indicate that the
pipeline is in the low-pressure and low-temperature status; the pipe marked by D is connected to the air
outlet and remains in the high-pressure and high-temperature status. When the unit is being started,
defrosting and conducting oil return, the 4-way valve produces obvious valve pushing sound. Do not
touch the pipeline with hands. Otherwise, you may get scalded.

245
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3) Oil-return solenoid valve: It can be diagnosed based on the oil-return valve status displayed on
the monitor program and the actual operation. When the balance valve is open, the coil heats
up and the lubricant flow before and after the valve is obvious.

Oil-return
Oil-return
valve 2
valve 1

Auxiliary
oil-return valve

Step 4:
Test the compressor drive board (IPM module).
1: Disconnect the power and wait five minutes, and unplug the compressor cable.
2: As shown in the figure, switch the multimeter to the diode gear. Point the black probe to the P
bonding pad and the red probe to the L1 wiring terminal. In the normal condition, the multimeter will not
beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be replaced.

246
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3: Point the black probe to the P bonding pad and the red probe to the L2 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
4: Point the black probe to the P bonding pad and the red probe to the L3 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
5: Point the black probe to the P bonding pad and the red probe to the L1 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
6: Point the black probe to the P bonding pad and the red probe to V wiring terminal. In the normal
condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be replaced.
7: Point the black probe to the P bonding pad and the red probe to the W wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
8: Point the black probe to the N bonding pad and the red probe to the L1 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
9: Point the black probe to the N bonding pad and the red probe to the L2 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
10: Point the black probe to the N bonding pad and the red probe to the L3 wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
11: Point the black probe to the N1 bonding pad and the red probe to U wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.

247
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

12: Point the black probe to the N1 bonding pad and the red probe to V wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.
13: Point the black probe to the N1 bonding pad and the red probe to W wiring terminal. In the
normal condition, the multimeter will not beep. If it does, the drive board is damaged and needs to be
replaced.

4.6.1.2 When the unit cannot be started properly.


Step 1:
Disconnect the unit from power. Remove the terminal box cover and check whether the compressor
is wired correctly.
Step 2:
Measure the resistance between any two of the wiring terminals of the compressor (U, V and W).
The resistance between two wiring terminals of AA55PHDG-A1Y2 is 0.197±7% Ω. The resistance
between two wiring terminals of DA80PHDG-A1Y2 is 0.086±7% Ω.

Measure the grounding resistance of each wiring terminal, which should be greater than 10 MΩ;
otherwise, the compressor has an internal fault.
Step 3:
When the unit cannot be started properly, the solenoid valves of the system, including the electronic

248
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

expansion valve and oil-return valve, need to be checked using the same method described above.
Step 4:
Check the IPM module using the same method described above.

249
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.7 Compressor Drive Board


The compressor drive board is used to control the operation of the compressor.
Specifications Description
The compressor drive board is used to control the operation of
ˉ
the compressor.
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

250
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

251
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

252
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
(1) Before the inspection: Find a correct digital multimeter and switch it to the diode gear. Power off
the unit and wait two minutes. Disconnect the U, V and W cables of the compressor and L1, L2
and L3 power cables from the drive board. Do not operate without waiting two minutes after the
unit is powered off.
(2) Testing method:
ķ Point the black probe of the multimeter to the P1 bonding pad shown in the following figure
and the red probe to L1, L2 and L3 wiring terminals respectively and check the readings of the
multimeter; point the red probe of the multimeter to the N1 bonding pad shown in the following
figure and the black probe to L1, L2 and L3 wiring terminals respectively and check the
readings of the multimeter.
ĸ Point the black probe of the multimeter to the P2 bonding pad shown in the following figure
and the red probe to U, V and W wiring terminals respectively and check the readings of the
multimeter; point the red probe of the multimeter to the N2 bonding pad shown in the following
figure and the black probe to U, V and W wiring terminal respectively and check the readings of
the multimeter.
(3) Result analysis: If all the readings of the multimeter are between 0.3 V and 0.7 V in the above
12 conditions, the module is normal; if any of the readings is 0, the module is damaged.

253
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.8 Fan Drive Board


The fan drive board is used to control the operation of the fan(s).
Specifications Description
The compressor drive board is used to control the operation of
ˉ
the compressor.
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

254
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

255
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

256
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(1) Before the inspection: Find a correct digital multimeter and switch it to the diode gear. Power off the
unit and wait two minutes. Disconnect the U, V and W cables of the fans from the drive board. Do
not operate without waiting two minutes after the unit is powered off.
(2) Testing method: Point the black probe of the multimeter to the P bonding pad shown in the following
figure and the red probe to U, V and W wiring terminals respectively and check the readings of the
multimeter; point the red probe of the multimeter to the N bonding pad shown in the following figure
and the black probe to U, V and W wiring terminal respectively and check the readings of the
multimeter.
(3) Result analysis: If all the readings of the multimeter are between 0.3 V and 0.7 V in the above six
conditions, the module is normal; if any of the readings is 0, the module is damaged.

4.9 Main Board


The main board is used to control the load of the ODU.

257
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

258
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

259
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

260
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 1: Disconnect the power and wait five minutes.


Step 2: As shown in the figure, switch the multimeter to the diode gear. Point the black and red
probes to the following positions to check if the main board is normal.

Black probe Red probe Symptom


The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
X5 (1) X4 (2)
beep.
The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN9 (3) CN9 (4)
beep.
The fuse is damaged and needs to be replaced if the
Anode of fuse (2) Cathode of fuse (7)
multimeter does not beep.
The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN1 (4) CN1 (6)
beep.
The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN12 (8) CN12 (9)
beep.
The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN58 (11) CN58 (10)
beep.
CN58 (11) The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN54 (12)
beep.
CN58 (11) The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN17 (13)
beep.
CN58 (10) The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN54 (12)
beep.
CN58 (10) The main board is normal if the multimeter does not
CN17 (13)
beep.

261
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

4.10 Pressure Sensor


Specifications Description
Inspection of high-pressure temperature of the high-pressure sensor:
1. Control of compressor output capacity
2. Conversion and calculation of saturated condensing temperature
3. Protection high pressure
4. Inspection of high-pressure value and calculation of exhaust superheat
degree
ˉ 5. Inspection of the minimum and maximum compression ratio
Inspection of low-pressure temperature of the low-pressure sensor:
1. Control of compressor output capacity
2. Conversion and calculation of saturated evaporating temperature
3. Inspection of suction superheat degree
4. Low-pressure protection functions
5. Inspection of the minimum and maximum compression ratio
Models: VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

262
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

263
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

264
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Models: VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2
Circuit diagram Layout of electrical appliance box Physical position

265
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Inspection procedure
1. Preparations
(1) Use the wired controller or remote controller to shut down the unit.
(2) Remove the front cover and open the electrical appliance box.
2. Inspection of low-pressure sensor
(1) Connect the pressure gauge to the gas valve and check if the gas and liquid valves are open.
(2) Switch the unit to the cooling mode. After the system stabilizes, check the reading of the pressure
gauge.
(3) Check the unit’s suction pressure via the wired controller and compare it with the reading of the
pressure gauge on the gas valve. If the value shown on the wired controller is within the range of
±10% of the reading of the pressure gauge, the pressure sensor is normal. Otherwise, it is
abnormal.
3. Inspection of high-pressure sensor
(1) Connect the pressure gauge to the gas valve and check if the gas and liquid valves are open.
(2) Switch the unit to the heating mode. After the system stabilizes, check the reading of the pressure
gauge.
4. Check the unit’s exhaust pressure via the wired controller and compare it with the reading of the
pressure gauge on the gas valve. If the value shown on the wired controller is within the range of
±10% of the reading of the pressure gauge, the pressure sensor is normal. Otherwise, it is abnormal.

266
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5 Replacement of Key Unit Parts


5.1 Preliminary Removing Procedure of the Main Body
5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel
5.1.1.1 Removing the maintenance port panel
(1) Press the window in the bulkhead cover to open the window.
(2) Use a tool to press the buckle shown in the figure to rotate and open the window in the
bulkhead cover.
(3) Remove the screw and turn over the service seal plate to take out the seal plate.

1 – Buckle 2 - Window in the bulkhead cover

3 – Screw 4 - Service seal plate

267
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5.1.1.2 Removing the right panel


(1) Use a screwdriver to remove the screw marked by 1 on ķ right panel
(2) Remove ķ right panel from the unit

3 – Screw ķ - Right panel

5.1.1.3 Removing the upper left panel, bottom left panel and upper covering plate
(1) Use a screwdriver to remove the screws marked by ĸ, Ĺ and ĺ in the figure.
(2) Remove ĸ upper covering plate, Ĺ upper left panel and ĺ bottom left panel

3 - Screw; ĸ - Upper covering plate; Ĺ - Upper left panel; ĺ - Bottom left panel.

268
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5.1.2 Removing the Cover of Electrical Appliance Box


(1) Use a screwdriver to remove the screw marked by 1 on Ļļ electrical appliance box
(2) Remove Ļļ electrical appliance box from the unit

3 - Screw; Ļ - Upper electrical appliance cover; ļ - Bottom electrical appliance cover.

5.2 Removing the ODU Main Board


Preparations
(1) Use the Power circuit breaker to switch off the Power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
(3) Remove the cover of electrical appliance box by referring to 5.1.2 Removing the Cover of
Electrical Appliance Box.

269
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Check whether the unit


is the master or slave
module

Power off the unit and


replace the main board

DIP setting

Checking
communication status

Setting of master unit


engineering
commissioning status

System parameter
setting
Removing procedure
(1) Check whether the unit is the master or slave module.
ķ It can be checked by the “master module setting DIP SA8” of the ODU.
There is only one master module in a refrigeration system (set in the power-off status). The master
module is defined as follows: (the ON position on the DIP identification is “0”, the opposite direction is the
status of “1”). If SA8 is set to 00, it is the master module. If SA8 is set to 10, it is a slave module.

Master module status

Slave module status

ĸ It can be checked by the display of the digital LEDs on the main board of the ODU.
When the master module is powered on, the LED1 shows “01”. The digital LEDs of a slave module
show “02”, “03” or “04” (as shown in the following figure).

270
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Or Or

Display status of Display status of Display status of Display status of


LED1 LED1 LED1 LED1
Master module Slave module Slave module Slave module
status status status status
(2) Powering off and replacing the main board
ķ Disconnect all the plugs in the areas marked by 1 from the main board.
ĸ Use a screwdriver to remove the screws marked by 2 on the main board.
Ĺ Pull the side buckle 3 carefully to take out the main board from the unit.

Installation procedure
(1) Complete the installation procedure in the reverse sequence of removal.
(2) Refer to the unit circuit diagram for the plugging
(3) DIP setting
Complete the setting of the new main board based on that of the faulty one while the ODU is
power-off. The setting becomes active after the unit is powered on again. Setting made when the ODU is
active is ineffective.

271
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(4) Checking communication status


After the setting of the main board DIP switches is completed and all the cables are connected, the
ODU’s main control board is switched on. Check whether D3 and D4 indicators on the IDU sand ODU
flash. If D3 and D4 flash, the communication between the main control boards of the IDU and ODU is
normal. If not, the communication is faulty. The communication wiring between the IDUs and ODU needs
to be checked again.
Note:
After the main control is replaced, the IDUs and ODU need to be powered on concurrently or the
ODU needs to be powered on before the IDUs. Otherwise, the "No controlling unit" faulty will occur, and
the IDUs will report the C0 fault.
(5) Setting of master unit engineering commissioning status
After the main board of the master module is replaced, engineering commissioning needs to be
performed on the master unit.
(6) System parameter setting
After the engineering commissioning, system parameters need to be set to be consistent with the
previous system parameters. Read ODU Function Setting for the setting method.

5.3 Removing the Compressor


Step 1: Preparations before replacing
(1) Make sure that all the spare parts for replacement are in place.
During the handling of the old and new compressors, do not place the compressor flat or place it
upside down. The compressor needs to be placed with an angle of less than ±30°. The lubricant of the
compressor must not outflow from the pipe. Make sure that the compressor air inlet, air outlet and vapor
injection tube opening are sealed. If the sealing rubber block is missing, use rubber tap to seal it to
prevent direct contact between oil in the compressor and air.

272
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

The seal blocks of the


compressor suction, exhaust
and enthalpy nozzles must be
intact.

The electrical
appliance box cover
of the compressor
must be intact.

Check whether the models of the new and old compressors on the nameplates are the same.

Check the sealing rubber blocks of components such as the oil separator and gas separator. If any
sealing rubber block is missing, use rubber tap to seal it in order to make sure that the vessel is dry and
sealed.

273
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

The seal blocks


of all the parts
must be intact.

Make sure that the compressor's lubricant is sealed reliably. Hitachi compressors adopt the
FVC68D dedicated lubricant, which is highly hygroscopic. Therefore, the lubricant has a strict
requirement on lubricant sealing.
(2) Tools
1) Get nitrogen ready. Comply with the nitrogen charging and welding regulations during the
welding. Make sure that the nitrogen is sufficient. The suggested nitrogen pressure is above 2.0
MPa.
2) Get welding rods ready. In addition, special welding rods with the silver content of above 5%
are required to weld the compressor as the compressor air inlet and outlet adopt copper-coated
steel pipes, which require special welding rods and welding flux.
3) Get welding tools ready. Assess the nitrogen and acetylene quantity necessary for the
welding according to the part to be welded. Prevent repeated welding of the same places.
4) Get all the auxiliary service tools ready, including hex key, diagonal pliers, pincer pliers,
needle-nosed pliers, multimeter, pressure gauge, Phillips screwdriver, slotted screwdriver, at least
two wrenches, insulating tape, and cable ties.
Step 2: Power-off
If the replacement of the compressor is necessary according to the above-mentioned conditions,
switch off the power of the ODU, disconnect the power cable, disconnect the ODU from the power and
wrap the power cables with insulating tapes, and put a warning sign at the power switch to prevent
electric shocks.
Step 3: Removing electric parts
Mark the compressor cables, temperature sensors and auxiliary electric heater properly while
removing them so that the parts can be rewired correctly later.
Step 4: Checking lubricant quality

274
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Low pressure
measurement
valve

Before discharging refrigerant and dismantling the unit, collect the refrigeration oil in the system
from the low-pressure measurement valve using the following method. Connect one end of a rubber
hose to the low-pressure measurement valve and the other one to a transparent container. Since that
the container contains the mixture of the refrigerant and lubricant and the refrigerant volatilizes, do not
seal the container. Otherwise, the high pressure in the container may lead to breaking of the container or
even an explosion.
Record the oil quantity after the lubricant is fully discharged.
Step 5: Discharging refrigerant
The refrigerant in the system needs to be discharged from the high and low pressure sides of the
system concurrently. If the refrigerant is discharged from one side only, the sealed scroll will hinder the
refrigerant from being fully discharged. Do not discharge the refrigerant too fast (in no shorter than 12h).
Otherwise, a large amount of lubricant will be discharged together with the refrigerant as well.

The refrigerant is
released by the low- The refrigerant is
pressure measurement released by the high-
valve at the low- pressure sensor at the
pressure side.
high-pressure side.

275
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 6: Removing compressors


Check the damage of compressors, including the number of damaged compressors, positions and
models.
After confirming the compressor information, remove the compressors and confirm the oil quality. If
the oil is clear with no impurity, it can be considered that the oil in the system is not polluted. When the
valves and oil passages of the unit are normal, only the compressors need to be replaced.

Vapor injection tube Suction pipe welding


welding point of Vapor injection tube
compressor 2 point of compressor 1 welding point of
compressor 1

Suction pipe welding Air discharge pipe


point of compressor 2 welding point of
compressor 1

Air discharge pipe


welding point of
compressor 2

Remove the fixing bolt of


Remove the fixing bolt of
Compressor 2

Compressor 1

compressor 1
compressor 2

The procedure of checking oil quality is described as follows:


ķ After removing a compressor, shake the compressor on a solid ground in the sway angle of
30 to 45 degrees to ensure that the pollutants deposited on the bottom of the compressor can be
poured out.

Remove the compressor


and shake it on solid
ground anticlockwise

30-45°

276
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

ĸ Place the compressor at a position above the level of the ground, pour oil from the
compressor exhaust port, and use a beverage bottle or other transparent container (with a volume of
over 150 ml) to store oil.
Note that the angle between the axial position of the compressor and the horizontal plane should
not exceed 20 degrees to prevent the compressor from falling and injuring people.

No more than 20°


between the
compressor and
ground

Place a transparent container with


a capacity of above 150ml beneath
the discharge pipe when draining
the lubricant of the compressor to
check the oil quality

Ĺ Place the collected compressor oil in a bright place to check if it contains impurities and
discolors, and smell the compressor oil. Normal lubricant has no obvious pungent odor.
After removing the compressor and oil, check the oil quality separately. If it is contaminated, replace
the compressor, oil separator and gas-liquid separator. If the color of the oil turns black, check the other
modules in the system using the same method.

Check the compressor that needs to be replaced, and ensure that pipe openings of the damaged
compressor are sealed with tape or the like in time to ensure that the compressor is in good condition for
further analysis.
Step 7: Checking system parts
When the system oil is polluted, it is necessary to confirm the parts of the unit, including the oil
separator, gas-liquid separator and storage tank.
1) Checking oil separator
Remove the oil separator according to the procedure of step 4, discharge oil from the oil separator,
use the container to hold the oil, and seal the container for return to the factory for inspection.

277
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

3. Weld and loosen the


connector of the inlet
and outlet pipes of the
oil separator

1. Remove the screw of


the installation plate

2. Weld and
loosen the
connector of the
oil return pipe of
the oil separator
4. Remove the oil
separator fixing bolt

2) Checking gas-liquid separator

1. Weld and loosen the connector


of the inlet and outlet pipes of the
gas liquid separator

3. Remove the gas liquid


separator

2. Remove the gas liquid separator


fixing bolt

After removing the gas-liquid separator, check whether the gas-liquid separator contains impurities
or other substances. The checking procedure is described as follows:

278
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Note: The outlet pipe of the
gas liquid separator must be
placed under the inlet pipe
when the liquid in the gas
liquid separator is being
drained.

No more than 20°


between the compressor
and ground

It is also necessary to use a transparent container to hold the impurities in the gas-liquid separator,
observe the impurity color and seal the container, and return it to the factory to check the impurity
composition.

If the compressor is damaged and needs to be replaced, the gas-liquid separator must be replaced
at the same time. It needs to be replaced regardless of whether it contains impurities or has any other
exceptions.
3) Checking the compressor oil-return pipeline
Remove the compressor oil-return pipeline and check the amount of oil and impurities in the
pipeline.

Remove the oil return


pipeline

Check the system components that need to be replaced, and ensure that pipe openings of the
damaged components are sealed with tape or the like in time to ensure that they are in good condition
for further analysis.

279
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Collect the amount of compressor oil poured out from the oil separator, gas-liquid separator and oil
equalizer, and make relevant records to facilitate the replacement of compressors, gas-liquid separator
and other components, and adding of lubricant to the system. The total amount of oil that is poured out of
the system needs to be supplemented with additional oil after repair.
Step 8: Removing pipeline system
After checking the parts that need to be replaced, check whether there is any abnormality in the
system pipeline. Use nitrogen to blow the main pipeline and focus on detecting and removing the oil
passages.
ķ Removing the oil return pipeline.

2. Use high-pressure nitrogen


to clean the capillary tube
and oil return pipeline.

1. Remove the oil return


filter to see if it is blocked.
If yes, replace the filter.

ĸ Checking the liquid pipe filter.

Remove the liquid pipe


filter to see if it is
blocked. If yes, replace
the filter.

Remove the other piping components according to the actual conditions. If the components are not
replaced immediately after removing the pipeline, use tape to seal the pipeline to prevent moisture and
impurities from contaminating the system.

280
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 9: Replacing compressors


Pay attention to the following items when replacing the compressors:
1) Remove the sealing rubber block before replacing the compressor and weld the
compressor and the corresponding pipeline. Nitrogen is required during the welding process. Since
the compressor suction and exhaust ports are all copper-plated steel pipes, it is necessary to use
solder with at least 5% silver. The welding gap should be 0.1~0.3mm to prevent blocking or
insufficient welding. Do not overheat the nozzles during the welding process.
2) After the pipeline system is welded, use special foot pads and bolts to fix the compressor
to ensure the stability of the compressor during operation.
3) When the compressor is connected to the power cables, it must be connected according to
the connection condition of the unit at the factory and based on the electrical circuit diagram. The
wires of the compressor must be connected in the correct phase sequence. In particular, make sure
that the two full inverter compressors are wired correctly. If the power lines of compressor 1 and
compressor 2 are reversed, it may cause unit failure, which may cause damage to the compressors
in severe cases; (for example, VEP240N432G2 model, compressor 1 and compressor 2 are of the
same type. If compressor 1 and the compressor 2 power lines are reversed, the temperature sensor
package is correctly installed, and the unit may malfunction when the unit is running;)

1. Weld the suction


pipe of inverter
5. Weld the compressor 1
suction pipe of
inverter
compressor 2 2. Weld the
vapor injection
tube of inverter
6. Weld the compressor 1
vapor injection
tube of inverter
compressor 2 3. Weld the
exhaust pipe of
inverter
7. Weld the compressor 1
exhaust pipe of
inverter
compressor 2

4. Fix the fixing


8. Fixing bolt of
bolt of
compressor 1
compressor 1

Before replacing the compressors, make sure that the models of the compressors to be replaced
are same as the models of the new compressors. The new compressors must be installed at the same
places of the respective old compressors and wired correctly. We recommend you replace the

281
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

compressors one by one.

The compressors must be wired in accordance with the wiring at the factory. The control varies by
compressors. If the wiring is incorrect or the two compressors are reversed, the unit may be damaged.
Step 10: Checking/replacing gas-liquid separator
Ć Note: If a damaged compressor in the system needs to be replaced, the gas-liquid separator
must be replaced at the same time to avoid abnormal conditions inside the gas-liquid separator, which
may affect the safety and reliability of the system.
Place the gas-liquid separator in a suitable position on the chassis, connect the gas-liquid separator
inlet and outlet pipes, and then connect the nitrogen port on the gas-liquid separator connection pipe.
The nitrogen position can be selected according to the site conditions. Use the bypass interface or
directly connect it to the inlet and outlet pipes of the gas-liquid separator. When the pipelines are large,
they can be fixed by tape. Make sure that the nitrogen can flow smoothly through the gas-liquid
separator.

2. Connect the inlet


and outlet pipes of the
gas liquid separator

3. Weld the inlet and


outlet pipes of the gas
liquid separator

1. Place the gas


liquid separator in
the correct position

4. Fix the gas liquid


separator on the
chassis with bolts

Step 12: Checking/replacing oil separator


If the oil separator is found to contain impurities after it is removed, the oil separator needs to be
replaced.

282
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

2. Weld the
connector of the
oil separator

1. Place the oil


separator in the
4. Weld the oil correct position
return pipe
assembly

3. Fix the bolt

Step 13: System leakage inspection


1) Check each welding joints. Firstly, observe whether the welding joints are smooth and
whether there are obvious welding holes and other abnormal conditions.
2) Then, charge the unit system with high-pressure nitrogen for leak inspection. If it is only for
ODU maintenance, and it can be confirmed that there is no abnormality in the IDU system, only
charge the ODU with high-pressure nitrogen for leak inspection. Note that it is necessary to
simultaneously charge nitrogen from the high and low pressure sides. It is recommended to charge
the nitrogen valve at the same time with nitrogen. The nitrogen pressure should be greater than
20kgf. Use soapy water to check whether the unit system leaks, and focus on checking the service
joints.
3) Finally, charge the system with high-pressure nitrogen to keep the system pressure at
above 25kgf. Close the large and small unit valves and hold the pressure of the IDUs and ODU for
more than 12 hours. If the pressure does not change, start vacuuming. Otherwise, repeat the
aforementioned procedure until the leaking point is located.
When checking whether there is any change in the pressure of the system, it is necessary to
eliminate the temperature influence as the temperature changes by 1°C, and the pressure changes by
about 0.01 MPa. For example, when the temperature of nitrogen is 30°C, the pressure is 2.5 MPa. After
the pressure is held for more than 12 hours, the temperature becomes 25°C, the unit passes the test if
the pressure is above 2.43 MPa.

283
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Step 14: Recharging refrigeration oil


The amount of refrigeration oil needs to be recharged is mainly determined by the total amount of
lubricant poured out from removing components such as compressors and gas-liquid separator. If there
is obvious abnormality, for example, when the amount of lubricant poured out is too little or too much,
empty the lubricant in the system, and then check the section 3 basic parameters of the unit in Chapter 1
to determine the amount of lubricant that needs to be recharged.
The specific amount of additional lubricant is divided into two parts: in the first part, the compressor
lubricant is added according to the number of compressors to be replaced. 1.5L of lubricant is required
for each compressor to be replaced. After replacing the compressors and other parts such as the
gas-liquid separator and filters, use high-pressure nitrogen to clean the pipelines and recharge the
second part of the lubricant according to the lubricant parameters in the section 3 of Chapter 1.
For example:
ķ One compressor needs to be replaced for VEP150N432G2 and 1L of lubricant is
discharged from the gas-liquid separator and 0.7L is discharged from the oil separator for cleaning
the system. Therefore, 3.2L (1.5L+1L+0.7L) of lubricant needs to be recharged.
ĸ One compressor needs to be replaced for VEP096N432G2 The gas-liquid separator and
other parts such as filters need to be replaced. The pipelines need to be cleaned by high-pressure
nitrogen. Nearly all the parts are involved and nearly all the lubricant is discharged except for a
small amount remaining in the pipelines. Therefore, 3.5L of refrigeration oil needs to be recharged
according to the parameter form.
Lubricant recharging method:
1) Only FV68H refrigeration oil can be used for the unit. Verify the model number before
recharging. It is forbidden to use the refrigeration oil of a different model number.
2) Connect the gas and liquid valves of the unit and vacuum the unit for over 30 minutes.
3) Connect a rubber tube to the oil charging valve, open the container containing the lubricant,
discharge the lubricant into the measuring cup and measure the appropriate recharging amount. If
the measuring cup capacity is sufficient to measure the appropriate lubricant quantity once, the
lubricant can be recharged in several times. Record the amount of lubricant recharged each time,
then dip the other end of the rubber tube into the lubricant in the measuring cup.
4) Vacuum the unit and open the oil charging valve at the same time to charge the lubricant
into the low-pressure side of the unit by using the atmosphere pressure.
5) When the lubricant needs to be recharged several times, close the oil valve before
measuring the lubricant to be recharged. Keep vacuuming the unit during the process.
6) After the appropriate amount of lubricant is recharged, close and seal the oil charging
valve.

284
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Low pressure
measurement valve

Vacuum the gas and liquid


valves and keep them vacuum
in the oil charging process

Liquid Gas
pipe pipe

Compressor refrigeration oil plays an important role in the normal operation of compressor. The
lubricant with the correct model number and quality must be used in accordance with the requirements
of Lennox after-sales and technical departments. The recharging amount must be correct.
Step 15: System vacuuming
After adding the appropriate lubricant, it is necessary to continue vacuuming the unit. Make sure
that the pressure after vacuuming reaches the absolute pressure of 0 kgf/cm2 and the gauge pressure is
-1 kgf/cm2. Only in this way, can the water in the pipeline system be fully evaporated.
Recommended specifications of vacuum pump are as follows:
Purpose
Model Maximum vacuum discharge
Air discharge Vacuum drying
Oil-lubricating rotor
100 L/min Yes Yes
pump
Non-oil rotor pump 50 L/min Yes Yes

Use a vacuum pump to vacuum the unit from the gas and liquid valves simultaneously. The
pressure gauge must be connected when vacuuming. When the unit pressure reaches the absolute
pressure 0 kgf/cm2 and the gauge pressure is -1 kgf/cm2, continue to vacuum the unit for 0.5-1h. Then,
close the high and low pressure gauge knob and stop the vacuum pump for 1h, If the pressure does not
change, the refrigerant can be charged. If the pressure rises by over 0.1 kgf/cm2, recheck the system for
leakage.
Step 16: Charging refrigerant
Charge the unit with the correct refrigerant. Only use high-quality refrigerant made by qualified
manufacturers. The refrigerant package must be intact and the printing must be clear. Measure the
refrigerant pressure before charging the refrigerant. The refrigerant quality can be judged according to

285
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

the refrigerant saturation pressure and temperature table.


The charging method is described as follows: Measure the pressure of the whole refrigerant tank,
check the saturation pressure and temperature against the parameter table, and check the ambient
temperature. If the difference is greater than 3°C, there is a problem with the refrigerant.
After confirming that the refrigerant is correct, calculate the refrigerant charging amount according to
the standard charging requirement; the standard refrigerant charging amount is the sum of the nominal
charging amount of the nameplate, the refrigerant amount to be recharged for the pipeline and the
additional refrigerant amount necessary for the module.
If the unit comprises multiple modules, discharge only the refrigerant of the ODU before the
maintenance. Make corresponding adjustment via the startup commissioning parameters after
recharging 80% of the nominal charging amount of the nameplate of the ODU.
Step 17: Connecting electrical parts
Connect the electrical parts according to the previous markings and the circuit diagram behind the
electrical appliance cover, connect the compressor cables, the corresponding electric heating belt and
the corresponding temperature sensors.
Ć : Check the wiring according to the circuit diagram and make sure that all the electrical
parts are wired correctly.
Step 18: Startup commissioning
Perform the startup commissioning separately when the unit is working in cooling mode with full
load, in cooling mode only, in heating mode with full load, and in heating mode only. In each case, run
the unit for more than 30 minutes, analyze the data, adjust the unit system and make sure that all
parameters are correct. For specific parameters, contact after-sales engineers or Lennox's technicians.

5.4 Removing the Compressor Drive Board


Preparations
(1) Use the Power circuit breaker to switch off the Power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
(3) Remove the cover of electrical appliance box by referring to 5.1.2 Removing the Cover of
Electrical Appliance Box.
Removing procedure
(1) Disconnect the power supply of the system. Set a multimeter to the AC voltage gear and
measure voltage between two of the lines (L1, L2, L3, and N). The measuring result should be 0 V
(sometimes, multimeters may be faulty and read false values). Set a mark beside the power supply
for warning.
(2) Measure compressor drive DC bus voltage between two wire terminals of P, U, V, W and N.
Set the multimeter to the DC voltage gear and measure the voltage between P and N. The voltage
should be lower than 36 V. If no multimeter is available, wait for 20 minutes before performing the
steps below.

286
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Note: The blue squares


indicate pads.

(3) Disconnect all lines of the compressor drive, including: compressor line; communication
line between the master unit and the drive; communication line between the compressor drive and
fan drive; compressor drive output 18 VDC; bridge rectifier output P; bridge rectifier output N;
compressor drive output 540 VDC; reactor’s wiring terminal; bridge rectifier input AC inlead;
compressor drive’s mains terminal. See the figure below:

287
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(4) Loosen the screws on the compressor drive, as shown in the figure below:

Installation procedure
(1) Replace the compressor drive. Before the replacement, apply some silicone tape onto the
IPM module.
Apply some silicone
tape on it evenly

(2) Install a new compressor drive, screw and wire it.

288
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

U – blue
V – yellow
W – red

Connect to a reactor
and do not distinguish
by polarity

(3) Please set the dialing code of the after-sales accessories to the correct state according to
the dialing status of the faulty motherboard.

289
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5.5 Removing and Installing Four-way Valve Coil


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s front panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a screwdriver to remove the fixing screw of the 4-way valve coil.
(2) Remove the 4-way valve coil.

1 --- 4-way valve 2 --- 4-way valve coil 3 --- Screw


Installation procedure
(1) Install the new 4-way valve coil to the exact position.
(2) Tighten the screw with a screwdriver to ensure that the 4-way valve coil does not rotate.

5.6 Removing and Installing Four-way Valve


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s front panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Remove the 4-way valve coil by referring to 5.5 Replacing 4-way Valve Coil (YV1).
(2) Use gas welding to heat the four-port (DESC) connecting pipe of the 4-way valve and pull
them off the 4-way valve. Nitrogen protection should be applied during welding. Refer to Table 1 for
nitrogen pressure.
Table 1 Nitrogen Pressure for Pipeline Assembly Welding
Shortest hysteresis
Pipe diameter range Nitrogen pressure Shortest pre-charge
Pipe length (m) nitrogen charging time
(mm) range (MPa) time (s)
(s)
Φ6~Φ9.52 0.01~0.05 ≤2 10 10
Φ12~Φ16 0.01~0.08 ≤2 15 20
Φ19~Φ22 0.03~0.1 ≤3 30 20
Φ25~Φ28 0.03~0.1 ≤3 30 30
Φ34.9~Φ41.3 0.03~0.1 ≤3 35 60

290
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Shortest hysteresis
Pipe diameter range Nitrogen pressure Shortest pre-charge
Pipe length (m) nitrogen charging time
(mm) range (MPa) time (s)
(s)
Φ53.9~Φ104.8 0.03~0.1 ≤3 75 400
(1) Before the 4-way valve is welded, record the direction of the 4-way valve and the installation
location of each nozzle.

When welding, wrap the surrounding components with a damp cloth carefully, and do not get the
other components burnt.
(2) Remove the old 4-way valve from the pipeline.

1 ---- 4-way valve


D - Gas pipe, connecting to the exhaust pipe of the cooling compressor;
C - Gas pipe, connecting to the inlet pipe of the condenser.
S - Gas pipe, connecting to the suction pipe of the cooling compressor;
E - Gas pipe, connecting to the air return pipe of the evaporator.
Installation procedure
(1) Install the new 4-way valve to the exact position.
(2) Connect the new 4-way valve to the pipeline.
(3) When welding the 4-way valve, wrap the valve body with a damp cloth to prevent the slider in
the valve from being burned out and the water from flowing into the pipe.
(4) Nitrogen protection should be applied during welding. Refer to Table 1 for nitrogen pressure.
(5) Install the 4-way valve coil by referring to 5.5 Installing 4-way Valve Coil (YV1).
(6) Fix the wires according to the original requirements. Refer to the unit wiring diagram.
(7) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(8) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

5.7 Removing and Installing Electronic Expansion Valve


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system. Make sure that the
unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.

291
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(2) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Remove the damping block wrapped on the electronic expansion valve.
(2) Rotate the electronic expansion valve coil counterclockwise until it is released and then remove
it.
(3) Cut the electronic expansion valve inlet and outlet pipes to ensure that there is no residual
refrigerant in the unit. Remove the old electronic expansion valve.
(4) Weld and loosen the connecting tube of the electronic expansion valve and then pull the
connecting tube off.

When welding, do not get the other components burnt.


(5) Remove the old electronic expansion valve.

1 --- Damper block 2 --- Electronic expansion valve coil 3 --- Electronic expansion valve
Installation procedure
(1) Install the new electronic expansion valve to the exact position.
(2) Weld the connecting tube of the electronic expansion valve.
(3) When welding the electronic expansion valve, wrap the valve body with a damp cloth.

292
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(4) Nitrogen protection should be applied. Refer to Table 1 for nitrogen pressure.
When welding, do not get the other components burnt.
(5) Install the electronic expansion valve coil to the correct position and turn it clockwise until a
click is heard, indicating that it is in place.
(6) Wrap the damping block.
(7) Fix the wires according to the original requirements. Refer to the unit wiring diagram.
(8) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(9) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

5.8 Removing and Installing Oil Separator


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a screwdriver to remove the screws that connect the oil separator to the bracket, and
remove the bracket or the pipe clamp on the bracket.
(2) Weld and loosen the three connection points of the oil separator, and then pull the connecting
tube off. Note: When welding, do not get the other components burnt.
(3) Use a screwdriver to loosen the fixing bolt for the oil separator.
(4) Remove the oil separator from the chassis.

1 --- Oil separator 2 --- Connection point 3 --- Oil separator bracket
4 --- Screws 5 --- Bolts and washers
Installation procedure
(1) Install the oil separator in place and tighten the foot bolts of the oil separator.

293
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(2) Weld the three connection points of the oil separator. Nitrogen protection should be applied.
Refer to Table 1 for nitrogen pressure. Note: When welding, do not get the other components
burnt.
(3) Fasten the fixing screws with a screwdriver to tighten the bracket.
(4) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(5) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

5.9 Removing and Installing Gas-Liquid Separator


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s front panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Weld and loosen the two connection points of the gas-liquid separator and then pull the
connecting tube off.
When welding, do not get the other components burnt.
(2) Loosen the fixing bolts of the Loosen the gas-liquid separator.
(3) Remove the gas-liquid separator from the chassis.

1 --- Connection points 2 --- Gas-liquid separator 3 --- Bolts and washers
Installation procedure
(1) Install the gas-liquid separator in place and tighten the foot bolts of the gas-liquid separator.
(2) Weld the two connection points of the gas-liquid separator. Nitrogen protection should be
applied. Refer to Table 1 for nitrogen pressure.
When welding, do not get the other components burnt.
(3) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(4) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

294
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5.10 Removing and Installing Plate Heat Exchanger


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Remove the temperature sensors near the nozzles.
(2) Weld and loosen the tubes connecting the four nozzles of the plate heat exchanger, and then
pull the connecting tubes off.

When welding, do not get the other components burnt. The welding points of the plate heat
exchanger are steel and copper. Pay attention to the welding quality.
(3) Loosen the plate heat exchanger bracket fixing screws and take out the plate heat exchanger
and the bracket as a whole.
Installation procedure
(1) Fix the plate heat exchanger and the screws of the bracket, and then fix the whole on the
chassis.
(2) Fix the plate heat exchanger according to the position of the inlet and outlet tubes of the plate
heat exchanger and weld the four connection points on the plate heat exchanger.
(3) Nitrogen protection should be applied. Refer to Table 1 for nitrogen pressure.

When welding, do not get the other components burnt.


(4) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(5) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

A --- plate heat exchanger assembly


1 --- connection point 2 --- plate heat exchanger 3 --- plate heat exchanger bracket

5.11 Removing and Installing Pressure Sensor


Preparations

295
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a diagonal pliers to cut off the high temperature wire tie that is attached to the
heat-shrinkable tubing of the pressure sensor.
(2) Remove the heat-shrinkable tubing wrapped around the pressure sensor.
(3) Pull the plastic plug of the pressure sensor out by pressing the pressing point on the plastic
plug of the pressure sensor with your hand.
(4) Prepare two wrenches. Use one to fix the fluorine nozzle and the other to unscrew the metal
interface of the pressure sensor.

1 --- heat-shrinkable sleeve 2 --- high temperature wire tie


3 --- pressure sensor 4 --- pressing point
Installation procedure
(1) Find a new pressure sensor. First install the metal interface of the pressure sensor in the
correct position, fix the fluorine nozzle with a wrench, and tighten it with another wrench.
(2) Then insert the plastic plug of the pressure sensor into the correct position and a “click” can be
heard when it is in place.
(3) Put on the heat-shrinkable sleeve and tie the high temperature wire according to the original
position.
(4) Fix the wires according to the original requirements. Refer to the unit wiring diagram.
(5) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(6) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the upper and bottom panels and tighten the
screws.

5.12 Removing and Installing Temperature Sensor


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a diagonal pliers to cut off the wire tie of the insulation cotton.
(2) Remove the insulation cotton wrapped on the temperature sensor.

296
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(3) Take the temperature sensor off.

1 --- high temperature wire tie 2 --- insulation cotton 3 --- temperature sensor sleeve
4 --- temperature sensor connector 5 --- temperature sensor
Installation procedure
(1) Connect the temperature sensor connector into the temperature sensor sleeve.
(2) Apply heat-dissipating grease to the surface of the temperature sensor and insert the
temperature sensor into the temperature sensor sleeve (from bottom to top).
(3) Wrap the insulation cotton and tie it with a high temperature wire tie.
(4) Fix the wires according to the original requirements. Refer to the unit wiring diagram.
(5) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(6) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the upper and bottom panels and tighten the
screws.

5.13 Removing and Installing Pressure Switch


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Remove the upper fixing block and wire tie of the pressure switch.
(2) Wrap the pressure switch with a damp cloth.
(3) After the pressure switch connection port is heated by gas welding, pull off the pressure switch.
Nitrogen protection must be adopted during welding.
(4) Take the old pressure switch off the pipeline and record the pressure switch's wiring position.
Installation procedure
(1) Install the new pressure switch to the exact position.
(2) When welding the pressure switch, wrap the valve with a damp cloth to prevent the valve from
being burned out and the water from flowing into the pipe.
(3) Adopt nitrogen protection during welding. The nitrogen pressure is 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2 (relative
pressure).
(4) Install the fixing block and wire tie of the pressure switch.
(5) Fix the wires according to the original requirements. Refer to the unit wiring diagram.

297
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(6) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(7) Install the unit panel.

5.14 Preparation for Removing and Installing Solenoid Valve


Steps:
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s upper and bottom panels by referring to 5.1.1 Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a tool to remove the solenoid valve coil.
(2) Use a pipe cutter to cut off the solenoid valve inlet and outlet pipes and remove the valve body.

Cut-off point

Cut-off point

(3) Use gas welding to heat the pressure switch connection port and pull out the solenoid valve
inlet and outlet pipes. Nitrogen protection should be applied during welding; the nitrogen
pressure is 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2 (relative pressure).
(4) Weld and take off the old solenoid valve inlet and outlet pipes from the pipeline.
Installation procedure
(1) Install the new solenoid valve to the exact position.
(2) Wrap the solenoid valve with a damp cloth.
(3) Adopt nitrogen protection during welding. The nitrogen pressure is 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2 (relative

298
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

pressure).
(4) Install the new solenoid valve coil to the exact position.
(5) Use a torque wrench to fix the solenoid valve coil.
(6) Fix the wires according to the original requirements by referring to the unit wiring diagram.
(7) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(8) Install the panel.

5.15 Removing and Installing Blades


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit top cover assembly.
Removing procedure
(1) Use a wrench to remove the fastening nut, spring washer, and flat piece in sequence.
(2) Take off the blade Ľ.
Installation procedure
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system; install the blades on
the motor shaft and check if they are fixed properly.
(2) Use a wrench to install the fastening nut, spring washer, and flat piece in sequence.
(3) Rotate the blade Ľ and check the gap between the blade and baffle ring.
(4) Install the top cover assembly and panel assembly.

1 - nut; 2 - spring washer; 3 - flat piece; Ľ - blade.

299
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

5.16 Removing and Installing Fan


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s panel, top cover and upper electrical appliance cover by referring to 5.1.1
Removing the Unit Panel.
Removing procedure
(1) Disconnect the fan connection port.
(2) Remove the blades by referring to the 5.15 Removing and Installing Blades.
(3) Remove the bolts as shown in the figure and remove the fan.
Installation procedure
(1) Install a new fan on the motor bracket and fix the fan feet.
(2) Install the blades by referring to the 5.15 Removing and Installing Blades.
(3) Connect the fan according to the original wiring.
(4) Install the unit’s top cover assembly and panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing and Installing the
Unit Panel.

3 - bolt; ľ - blade.

5.17 Removing and Installing Electric Heating Belt


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Remove the unit’s front panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing and Installing the Unit Panel.
(3) Remove the compressor soundproof cotton and the soundproof cap (if there is a soundproof
cover, please remove the front cover of the soundproof cover); please refer to the instructions
and procedures.
Removing procedure

300
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(1) Loosen the spring hook of the electric heater on the compressor.
(2) Remove the electric heating belt.
Installation procedure
(1) Install the electric heating belt at the shaft of the compressor, as shown in the figure.
(2) Buckle up the electric heating belt.
(3) Connect the fan according to the original wiring.
(4) Install the soundproof cotton.
(5) Install the unit’s front panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing and Installing the Unit Panel.

1 — buckle 2 — spring hook

5.18 Removing and Installing Condenser


Preparations
(1) Use the power circuit breaker to switch off the power of the VRF system.
(2) Make sure that the unit pipeline system is free of refrigerant.
(3) Remove the unit’s panel by referring to 5.1.1 Removing and Installing the Unit Panel.
(4) Remove the top cover assembly by referring to 5.1.2 Removing and Installing the Unit Top
Cover Assembly.
Removing procedure
(1) Remove the baffle ring 2 and the fan unit 3 in turn, and the unit is shown as 4 after the
removing.

301
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

(2) Remove the electrical appliance box: Use a screwdriver to remove the screw that secures the
electrical appliance box and remove the electrical appliance box 2. Note: Before removing,
loosen the two refrigerant tubes of the electrical box radiator.

1 — screw 2 — electrical appliance box 3 — radiator refrigerant tube


(3) Remove the grille (back), the upper cross beams (two in front and rear), the right side panel,
and the left side panel.
(4) Use a screwdriver to remove the two screws that connect the condenser to the chassis.
(5) Weld and loosen the four connection points of the condenser and pipeline system and then pull
the connecting tube off.

When welding, do not get the other components burnt.


(6) Remove the condenser from the chassis.

302
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

1 — connection point 2 — three connection points (3, 4, 5)


(7) Pull it off the compressor after using gas welding to heat the inlet and outlet pipes. Adopt
nitrogen protection during welding. The nitrogen pressure is 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2 (relative pressure).
When heating, do not burn the surrounding materials.
(8) Remove the condenser from the chassis.
Installation procedure
(1) Place the new condenser in the correct position.
(2) Fix the two screws that connect the condenser to the chassis.
(3) Install the left side panel, the right side panel, the upper cross beams (two in front and rear),
and the grille (rear) in sequence.
(4) Place the electrical appliance box in the correct position and tighten the screws.
(5) Weld the four connection points of the condenser and pipeline system and the two refrigerant
tubes of the radiator of the box. Adopt nitrogen protection during welding. The nitrogen
pressure is 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2 (relative pressure). Note: When welding, do not get the other
components burnt.
(6) Install the fan, the baffle ring, the top cover assembly, the upper cover (front), and the upper
cover (rear) in sequence.
(7) Make sure that the components and cables are properly connected.
(8) After checking that there is no problem, buckle the front panel and tighten the screws.

303
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

6 Explosive View and Parts List


6.1 Explosive View and Parts List of
VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

No. Name Material code Vulnerable part * Qty


1 Rear Grill 016001060007 * 1
2 Coping 012049000050 1
3 Diversion Circle 200150060002 * 1
4 Axial Flow Fan 103002000007 * 1
5 Brushless DC Motor 1570412406 * 1
6 Cover Plate 012035000236P * 2
7 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06120012 * 1
8 Nozzle for Adding Freon(R410A) 06123006 * 1
9 One Way Valve 071001060007 * 1
10 4-Way Valve 43000339 * 1
11 Filter 07218603 1
12 Discharge Charge Valve 07334100002 * 1
13 Condenser Assy 01100206041301 * 1
14 Rear Grill 016001060006 * 1
15 Filter 0341010701 * 1
16 Strainer 07415200002 * 1
17 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06130002 * 1
18 Electromagnetic Valve 43044100224 * 1
19 Gas Tube Filter 072190511 * 1
20 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100172 * 1
21 Plate-type Heat Exchanger 010007060008 1

304
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
No. Name Material code Vulnerable part * Qty
22 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 017037060016P * 1
23 Chassis Sub-Assy 017000000334P * 1
24 Oil Separator 035028060002 * 1
25 Electromagnetic Valve 43000072 1
26 Electromagnetic Valve 072008000005 * 2
27 Strainer 07222025 * 1
28 Cut off Valve 0733410001301 * 1
29 Cut off Valve 0733410001401 * 1
30 Gas-liquid Separator 035027060002 * 1
31 Electronic Expansion Valve 072009060013 * 2
32 Bidirection Strainer 07220016 * 1
33 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100190 * 1
34 Silencer 07245008 * 1
35 Transformer 43118000023 * 2
36 Cover Plate 012035000237P * 1
37 Front Panel 012073000244P * 1
38 Front Panel 012073000245P * 1
39 Sensor Sub-Assy 390002060033 * 1
40 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413274 * 1
41 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413248 1
42 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 072002000011 1
43 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000811 * 1
44 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060007 * 1
45 4 Way Valve Coil 072010060002 * 2
46 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060006 * 1
47 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000812 * 1
48 Electrical Heater 7651521244 * 1
49 Pressure Sensor 32218000009 * 1
50 Pressure Sensor 32218000008 * 1
51 Compressor and Fittings 009001060576 * 1
52 Pressure Protect Switch 4602000911 * 1
53 Right Side Plate Sub-Assy 017038060017P * 1
54 Electric Box Assy 100002072170 * 1
55 Terminal Board 42200006000303 1
56 Terminal Board 42200006005403 1
57 Main Board 300027061456 1
58 Filter Board 300020060004 * 1
59 Drive Board 300078060206 * 1
60 Main Board 300027000583 * 1
61 Reactor 450004060009 * 1
Above data is subject to change without notice,pls reference the SP in global service website.

305
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

6.2 Explosive View and Parts List of


VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

No. Name Material code Vulnerable part * Qty


1 Rear Grill 016001060013 * 1
2 Coping 012049000059P 1
3 Diversion Circle 200150000011 * 2
4 Axial Flow Fan 103002060011 * 2
5 Brushless DC Motor 1570412406 * 2
6 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06120012 * 2
7 Nozzle for Adding Freon 035114060003 * 1
8 Discharge Charge Valve 07334100002 * 2
9 One Way Valve 071001060007 * 1
10 4-Way Valve 43000339 * 1
11 Filter 07218603 * 1
12 Rear Grill 016001060012 * 1
13 Condenser Assy 01100206024901 * 1
14 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100190 * 1
15 Silencer 07245008 * 1
16 Filter 0341010701 * 1
17 Electromagnetic Valve 43000072 * 1
18 Strainer 07415200002 * 2
19 Electronic Expansion Valve 072009060012 * 1
20 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 017037060016P 1

306
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
No. Name Material code Vulnerable part * Qty
21 Plate-type Heat Exchanger 010007060007 * 1
22 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100172 * 1
23 Bidirection Strainer 07220016 * 1
24 Gas Tube Filter 072190511 * 1
25 Electromagnetic Valve 43044100224 * 1
26 Base Plate Sub-Assy 017000060119P 1
27 Oil Separator 035028060002 * 1
28 Cut off Valve 0733410005301 * 1
29 Cut off Valve 0733410001401 * 1
30 Electromagnetic Valve 072008000005 * 2
31 Strainer 07222025 * 1
32 Gas-liquid Separator 035027060004 * 1
33 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06130002 * 1
34 Transformer 43118000023 * 1
35 Cover Plate 012035000246P 1
36 Front Panel Assy 000003060148 1
37 Left Front Panel 012062000016P 1
38 right panel 012167000014P 1
39 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060006 * 1
40 4 Way Valve Coil 072010060002 * 1
41 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000811 * 1
42 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060007 * 1
43 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000812 * 1
44 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 072002000011 * 1
45 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413264 * 1
46 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413274 * 1
47 Electric Heater(Compressor) 7651540714 * 1
48 Pressure Sensor 32210103 * 1
49 Pressure Sensor 32218000008 * 1
50 Sensor Sub-assy 390002060037 * 1
51 Compressor and Fittings 009001060575 * 1
52 Pressure Protect Switch 4602000911 * 1
53 Right Side Plate Sub-Assy 017038060026P 1
54 Electric Box Assy 100002071693 * 1
55 Terminal Board 42200006000303 * 1
56 Terminal Board 42200006005403 * 1
57 Main Board 300027061456 * 1
58 Filter Board 300020060004 * 1
59 Main Board 300027060023 * 1
60 Main Board 300027000583 * 2
61 Reactor 450004060005 * 1
62 Radiator 4901800008801 * 1
Above data is subject to change without notice,pls reference the SP in global service website.

307
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

6.3 Explosive View and Parts List of


VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

No. Name Code Vulnerable part * Qty


1 Rear Grill 016001060013 * 1
2 Coping 012049000059P 1
3 Diversion Circle 200150000011 * 2
4 Axial Flow Fan 103002060011 * 2
5 Brushless DC Motor 1570412405 * 2
6 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06120012 * 2
7 Nozzle for Adding Freon 035114060003 * 1
8 Discharge Charge Valve 07334100002 * 2
9 One Way Valve 071001060008 * 1
10 4-Way Valve 43000412 * 1
11 Filter 07218603 * 1
12 Cover Plate 012035000247P 1
13 Rear Grill 016001060012 * 1
14 Condenser Assy 01100206022601 * 1
15 Electronic Expansion Valve 072009060012 * 1
16 Filter 0341010701 * 1
17 Electromagnetic Valve 43044100224 * 1
18 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100173 * 1
19 Gas Tube Filter 072190511 * 1
20 Plate-type Heat Exchanger 010007060006 * 1
21 Left Side Plate Sub-Assy 017037060016P 1
22 Base Plate Sub-Assy 017000060113P 1

308
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
No. Name Code Vulnerable part * Qty
23 Electromagnetic Valve 43000072 * 1
24 Strainer 07415200002 * 2
25 Oil Separator 035028060002 * 1
26 Cut off Valve 0733410005301 * 1
27 Cut off Valve 0733410001401 * 1
28 Strainer 07222025 * 1
29 Electromagnetic Valve 072008000005 * 3
30 Gas-liquid Separator 035027060004 * 1
31 Nozzle for Adding Freon 06130002 * 1
32 Electric Box Assy 100002071717 * 1
33 Electric Box Assy 100002071694 * 1
34 Transformer 43118000023 * 1
35 Cover Plate 012035000246P 1
36 Left Front Panel 012062000017P 1
37 Left Front Panel 012062000016P 1
38 Right Panel 012167000014P 1
39 4 Way Valve Coil 072010060002 * 1
40 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000811 * 1
41 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060010 * 1
42 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060007 * 1
43 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 072001060006 * 1
44 Magnet Coil (electromagnetic valve) 07200106000812 * 1
45 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413274 * 1
46 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413269 * 1
47 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 4304413220 * 1
48 Electric Expand Valve Fitting 072002000011 * 1
49 Electrical Heater(Compressor) 7651521243 * 1
50 Electrical Heater(Compressor) 7651521244 * 1
51 Pressure Sensor 32210103 * 1
52 Pressure Sensor 32218000008 * 1
53 Sensor Sub-Assy 390002060038 * 1
54 Compressor and Fittings 009001060576 * 2
55 Bidirection Strainer 07220016 * 1
56 Silencer 07245008 * 2
57 Pressure Protect Switch 4602000911 * 1
58 One Way Valve 07333700032 * 2
59 Pressure Protect Switch 4602000910 * 1
60 Electronic Expansion Valve 43044100190 * 2
61 Right Side Plate Sub-Assy 017038060026P 1
62 Terminal Board 42200006000303 * 1
63 Terminal Board 42200006005403 * 1
64 Main Board 300027061456 * 1
65 Reactor 45000406000901 * 2
66 Filter Board 300020060006 * 2
67 Drive Board 300078060206 * 2
68 Radiator 4901800008002 * 2
69 Radiator 49018000088 * 2
70 Main Board 300027000583 * 2
71 Radiator 43003406003301 * 1
Above data is subject to change without notice,pls reference the SP in global service website.

309
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendixes
Appendix 1 Temperature Senor Resistance and Temperature
Relationship Table
Environmental temperature sensor 15kΩ resistance ~ voltage correspondence table (including
outdoor and indoor environment temperature sensors)
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
-20 144 0.311 71 2.523 2.825
-19 138.1 0.323 72 2.439 2.838
-18 128.6 0.345 73 2.358 2.852
-17 121.6 0.362 74 2.28 2.865
-16 115 0.381 75 2.205 2.877
-15 108.7 0.4 76 2.133 2.889
-14 102.9 0.42 77 2.064 2.901
-13 97.4 0.44 78 1.997 2.912
-12 92.22 0.462 79 1.933 2.923
-11 87.35 0.484 80 1.871 2.934
-10 82.75 0.506 81 1.811 2.945
-9 78.43 0.53 82 1.754 2.955
-8 74.35 0.554 83 1.699 2.964
-7 70.5 0.579 84 1.645 2.974
-6 66.88 0.605 85 1.594 2.983
-5 63.46 0.631 86 1.544 2.992
-4 60.23 0.658 87 1.497 3.001
-3 57.18 0.686 88 1.451 3.009
-2 54.31 0.714 89 1.408 3.017
-1 51.59 0.743 90 1.363 3.025
0 49.02 0.773 91 1.322 3.033
1 46.8 0.801 92 1.282 3.04
2 44.31 0.835 93 1.244 3.047
3 42.14 0.866 94 1.207 3.054
4 40.09 0.899 95 1.171 3.061
5 38.15 0.931 96 1.136 3.068
6 36.32 0.965 97 1.103 3.074
7 34.58 0.998 98 1.071 3.08
8 32.94 1.033 99 1.039 3.086
9 31.38 1.067 100 1.009 3.092
10 29.9 1.102 101 0.98 3.098
11 28.51 1.138 102 0.952 3.103
12 27.18 1.174 103 0.925 3.108
13 25.92 1.21 104 0.898 3.114
14 24.73 1.246 105 0.873 3.119
15 23.6 1.282 106 0.848 3.123
16 22.53 1.319 107 0.825 3.128
17 21.51 1.356 108 0.802 3.133

310
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
18 20.54 1.393 109 0.779 3.137
19 19.63 1.429 110 0.758 3.141
20 18.75 1.467 111 0.737 3.145
21 17.93 1.503 112 0.717 3.15
22 17.14 1.54 113 0.697 3.153
23 16.39 1.577 114 0.678 3.157
24 15.68 1.613 115 0.66 3.161
25 15 1.65 116 0.642 3.165
26 14.36 1.686 117 0.625 3.168
27 13.74 1.722 118 0.608 3.171
28 13.16 1.758 119 0.592 3.175
29 12.6 1.793 120 0.577 3.178
30 12.07 1.829 121 0.561 3.181
31 11.57 1.863 122 0.547 3.184
32 11.09 1.897 123 0.532 3.187
33 10.63 1.931 124 0.519 3.19
34 10.2 1.964 125 0.505 3.192
35 9.779 1.998 126 0.492 3.195
36 9.382 2.03 127 0.48 3.198
37 9.003 2.062 128 0.467 3.2
38 8.642 2.094 129 0.456 3.203
39 5.997 2.125 130 0.444 3.205
41 7.653 2.185 131 0.433 3.207
42 7.352 2.215 132 0.422 3.21
43 7.065 2.243 133 0.412 3.212
44 6.791 2.272 134 0.401 3.214
45 6.529 2.299 135 0.391 3.216
46 6.278 2.326 136 0.382 3.218
47 6.038 2.353 137 0.372 3.22
48 5.809 2.379 138 0.363 3.222
49 5.589 2.404 139 0.355 3.224
50 5.379 2.429 140 0.346 3.226
51 5.179 2.453 141 0.338 3.227
52 4.986 2.477 142 0.33 3.229
53 4.802 2.5 143 0.322 3.231
54 4.625 2.522 144 0.314 3.232
55 4.456 2.544 145 0.307 3.234
56 4.294 2.566 146 0.299 3.235
57 4.139 2.586 147 0.292 3.237
58 3.99 2.607 148 0.286 3.238
59 3.848 2.626 149 0.279 3.24
60 3.711 2.646 150 0.273 3.241
61 3.579 2.664 151 0.266 3.242
62 3.454 2.682 152 0.261 3.244
63 3.333 2.7 153 0.254 3.245

311
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
64 3.217 2.717 154 0.248 3.246
65 3.105 2.734 155 0.243 3.247
66 2.998 2.75 156 0.237 3.249
67 2.898 2.766 157 0.232 3.25
68 2.797 2.781 158 0.227 3.251
69 2.702 2.796 159 0.222 3.252
70 2.611 2.811 160 0.217 3.253

Pipeline temperature sensor 20kΩ resistance ~ voltage correspondence table (including defrosting
temperature sensor, subcooler temperature sensor, gas-liquid separator temperature sensor, IDU inlet
and outlet tube temperature sensor)
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
-30 361.8 0.173 66 3.998 2.75
-29 339.8 0.183 67 3.861 2.766
-28 319.2 0.195 68 3.729 2.781
-27 300 0.206 69 3.603 2.796
-26 282.2 0.218 70 3.481 2.811
-25 265.5 0.231 71 3.364 2.825
-24 249.9 0.245 72 3.252 2.838
-23 235.3 0.259 73 3.144 2.852
-22 221.6 0.273 74 3.04 2.865
-21 208.9 0.288 75 2.94 2.877
-20 196.9 0.304 76 2.844 2.889
-19 181.4 0.328 77 2.752 2.901
-18 171.4 0.345 78 2.663 2.912
-17 162.1 0.362 79 2.577 2.923
-16 153.3 0.381 80 2.495 2.934
-15 145 0.4 81 2.415 2.944
-14 137.2 0.42 82 2.339 2.954
-13 129.9 0.44 83 2.265 2.964
-12 123 0.462 84 2.194 2.974
-11 116.5 0.484 85 2.125 2.983
-10 110.3 0.507 86 2.059 2.992
-9 104.6 0.53 87 1.996 3.001
-8 99.13 0.554 88 1.934 3.009
-7 94 0.579 89 1.875 3.017
-6 89.17 0.605 90 1.818 3.025
-5 84.61 0.631 91 1.763 3.033
-4 80.31 0.658 92 1.71 3.04
-3 76.24 0.686 93 1.658 3.047
-2 72.41 0.714 94 1.609 3.054
-1 68.79 0.743 95 1.561 3.061
0 65.37 0.773 96 1.515 3.068
1 62.13 0.804 97 1.47 3.074

312
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
2 59.08 0.835 98 1.427 3.08
3 56.19 0.866 99 1.386 3.086
4 53.46 0.898 100 1.346 3.092
5 50.87 0.931 101 1.307 3.098
6 48.42 0.965 102 1.269 3.103
7 46.11 0.998 103 1.233 3.108
8 43.92 1.033 104 1.198 3.114
9 41.84 1.067 105 1.164 3.119
10 39.87 1.102 106 1.131 3.123
11 38.01 1.138 107 1.099 3.128
12 36.24 1.174 108 1.069 3.133
13 34.57 1.209 109 1.039 3.137
14 32.98 1.246 110 1.01 3.141
15 31.47 1.282 111 0.9825 3.145
16 30.04 1.319 112 0.9556 3.15
17 28.68 1.356 113 0.9295 3.153
18 27.39 1.393 114 0.9043 3.157
19 26.17 1.429 115 0.8799 3.161
20 25.01 1.466 116 0.8562 3.165
21 23.9 1.503 117 0.8333 3.168
22 22.85 1.54 118 0.8111 3.171
23 21.85 1.577 119 0.7895 3.175
24 20.9 1.614 120 0.7687 3.178
25 20 1.65 121 0.7485 3.181
26 19.14 1.686 122 0.7289 3.184
27 18.32 1.722 123 0.7099 3.187
28 17.55 1.758 124 0.6915 3.19
29 16.8 1.793 125 0.6736 3.192
30 16.1 1.828 126 0.6563 3.195
31 15.43 1.863 127 0.6395 3.198
32 14.79 1.897 128 0.6232 3.2
33 14.18 1.931 129 0.6074 3.203
34 13.59 1.965 130 0.5921 3.205
35 13.04 1.998 131 0.5772 3.207
36 12.51 2.03 132 0.5627 3.21
37 12 2.063 133 0.5487 3.212
38 11.52 2.094 134 0.5351 3.214
39 11.06 2.125 135 0.5219 3.216
40 10.62 2.155 136 0.509 3.218
41 10.2 2.185 137 0.4966 3.22
42 9.803 2.215 138 0.4845 3.222
43 9.42 2.243 139 0.4727 3.224
44 9.054 2.272 140 0.4613 3.226
45 8.705 2.299 141 0.4502 3.227
46 8.37 2.326 142 0.4394 3.229

313
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
47 8.051 2.353 143 0.4289 3.231
48 7.745 2.379 144 0.4187 3.232
49 7.453 2.404 145 0.4088 3.234
50 7.173 2.429 146 0.3992 3.235
51 6.905 2.453 147 0.3899 3.237
52 6.648 2.477 148 0.3808 3.238
53 6.403 2.5 149 0.3719 3.24
54 6.167 2.522 150 0.3633 3.241
55 5.942 2.544 151 0.3549 3.242
56 5.726 2.565 152 0.3468 3.244
57 5.519 2.586 153 0.3389 3.245
58 5.32 2.607 154 0.3312 3.246
59 5.13 2.626 155 0.3237 3.247
60 4.948 2.646 156 0.3164 3.249
61 4.773 2.664 157 0.3093 3.25
62 4.605 2.682 158 0.3024 3.251
63 4.443 2.7 159 0.2956 3.252
64 4.289 2.717 160 0.2891 3.253
65 4.14 2.734 — — —

Exhaust temperature sensor 50kΩ resistance ~ voltage correspondence table (including


compressor top shell temperature sensor and air exhaust pipe temperature sensor)
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
-30 911.56 0.036 61 11.736 1.518
-29 853.66 0.038 62 11.322 1.548
-28 799.98 0.041 63 10.925 1.577
-27 750.18 0.043 64 10.544 1.606
-26 703.92 0.046 65 10.178 1.635
-25 660.93 0.049 66 9.8269 1.664
-24 620.94 0.052 67 9.4896 1.693
-23 583.72 0.056 68 9.1655 1.722
-22 549.04 0.059 69 8.9542 1.741
-21 516.71 0.063 70 8.5551 1.778
-20 486.55 0.066 71 5.9676 1.806
-19 458.4 0.07 72 7.9913 1.834
-18 432.1 0.075 73 7.7257 1.862
-17 407.51 0.079 74 7.4702 1.889
-16 384.51 0.084 75 7.2245 1.916
-15 362.99 0.088 76 6.9882 1.943
-14 342.83 0.094 77 6.7608 1.969
-13 323.94 0.099 78 6.542 1.995
-12 306.23 0.104 79 6.3315 2.021
-11 289.61 0.11 80 6.1288 2.046
-10 274.02 0.116 81 5.9336 2.071

314
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
-9 259.37 0.123 82 5.7457 2.096
-8 245.61 0.129 83 5.5647 2.12
-7 232.67 0.136 84 5.3903 2.144
-6 220.5 0.143 85 5.2223 2.168
-5 209.05 0.151 86 5.0605 2.191
-4 195.97 0.158 87 4.9044 2.214
-3 188.12 0.167 88 4.7541 2.237
-2 178.65 0.175 89 4.6091 2.259
-1 169.68 0.184 90 4.4693 2.281
0 161.02 0.193 91 4.3345 2.302
1 153 0.202 92 4.2044 2.323
2 145.42 0.212 93 4.0789 2.344
3 135.96 0.223 94 3.9579 2.364
4 131.5 0.233 95 3.841 2.384
5 126.17 0.242 96 3.7283 2.404
6 119.08 0.256 97 3.6194 2.423
7 113.37 0.267 98 3.5143 2.442
8 107.96 0.28 99 3.4128 2.46
9 102.85 0.292 100 3.3147 2.478
10 98.006 0.306 101 3.22 2.496
11 93.42 0.319 102 3.1285 2.514
12 89.075 0.333 103 3.0401 2.531
13 84.956 0.348 104 2.9547 2.547
14 81.052 0.362 105 2.8721 2.564
15 77.349 0.378 106 2.7922 2.58
16 73.896 0.393 107 2.715 2.595
17 70.503 0.41 108 2.6404 2.611
18 67.338 0.427 109 2.5682 2.626
19 64.333 0.444 110 2.4983 2.64
20 61.478 0.462 111 2.4308 2.655
21 58.766 0.48 112 2.3654 2.669
22 56.189 0.499 113 2.3021 2.682
23 53.738 0.518 114 2.2409 2.696
24 51.408 0.537 115 2.1816 2.709
25 49.191 0.558 116 2.1242 2.722
26 47.082 0.578 117 2.0686 2.734
27 45.074 0.599 118 2.0148 2.747
28 43.163 0.621 119 1.9626 2.759
29 41.313 0.643 120 1.9123 2.77
30 39.61 0.665 121 1.8652 2.781
31 37.958 0.688 122 1.8158 2.793
32 36.384 0.711 123 1.7698 2.804
33 34.883 0.735 124 1.7253 2.814
34 33.453 0.759 125 1.6821 2.825
35 32.088 0.784 126 1.6402 2.835

315
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kΩ) (°C) (kΩ)
36 30.787 0.809 127 1.5996 2.845
37 29.544 0.835 128 1.5602 2.855
38 28.359 0.86 129 1.522 2.864
39 27.227 0.886 130 1.485 2.873
40 26.147 0.913 131 1.449 2.882
41 25.114 0.94 132 1.4141 2.891
42 24.128 0.967 133 1.3803 2.9
43 23.186 0.994 134 1.3474 2.908
44 22.286 1.022 135 1.3155 2.916
45 21.425 1.05 136 1.2846 2.924
46 20.601 1.078 137 1.2545 2.932
47 19.814 1.107 138 1.2233 2.94
48 19.061 1.136 139 1.1969 2.947
49 18.34 1.164 140 1.1694 2.955
50 17.651 1.193 141 1.1476 2.96
51 16.99 1.223 142 1.1166 2.969
52 16.358 1.252 143 1.0913 2.975
53 15.753 1.281 144 1.0667 2.982
54 15.173 1.311 145 1.0429 2.988
55 14.618 1.34 146 1.0197 2.995
56 14.085 1.37 147 0.9971 3.001
57 13.575 1.4 148 0.9752 3.007
58 13.086 1.429 149 0.9538 3.013
59 12.617 1.459 150 0.9331 3.018
60 12.368 1.475 — — —

316
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 2 Refrigerant Temperature and Pressure Table


Refrigerant: R410A
Corresponding Corresponding Corresponding
Temperature Temperature Temperature
saturation saturation saturation
(°C) (°C) (°C)
pressure (BAR) pressure (BAR) pressure (BAR)
-43 1.54 -9 5.96 25 16.4
-42 1.61 -8 6.16 26 16.9
-41 1.68 -7 6.37 27 17.3
-40 1.76 -6 6.58 28 17.8
-39 1.84 -5 6.80 29 18.5
-38 1.93 -4 7.03 30 18.7
-37 2.02 -3 7.26 31 19.2
-36 2.11 -2 7.50 32 19.7
-35 2.24 -1 7.74 33 20.2
-34 2.33 0 7.99 34 20.7
-33 2.43 1 5.94 35 21.2
-32 2.53 2 8.50 36 21.7
-31 2.64 3 8.77 37 22.3
-30 2.75 4 9.04 38 22.8
-29 2.86 5 9.32 39 23.4
-28 2.98 6 9.61 40 24.0
-27 3.10 7 9.90 41 24.6
-26 3.22 8 10.2 42 25.2
-25 3.35 9 10.5 43 25.8
-24 3.48 10 10.8 44 26.4
-23 3.61 11 11.1 45 27.0
-22 3.75 12 11.5 46 27.7
-21 3.89 13 11.8 47 28.3
-20 4.04 14 12.1 48 29.0
-19 4.19 15 12.5 49 29.6
-18 4.35 16 12.8 50 30.3
-17 4.51 17 13.2 52 31.7
-16 4.67 18 13.6 54 33.2
-15 4.84 19 14.0 56 34.7
-14 5.02 20 14.4 58 36.3
-13 5.19 21 14.7 60 37.9
-12 5.38 22 15.2 62 40.17
-11 5.57 23 15.6 65 42.78
-10 5.76 24 16.0 67 44.57

317
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 3 Pressure Sensor Voltage and Pressure Table


High-pressure sensor features (R410A)
Temperature Absolute pressure Temperature Absolute pressure
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kPA) (°C) (kPA)
-40 176 0.102 16 1300 1.3
-39 184 0.111 17 1337 1.34
-38 193 0.12 18 1375 1.38
-37 202 0.13 19 1413 1.421
-36 211 0.139 20 1453 1.463
-35 220 0.149 21 1493 1.506
-34 230 0.16 22 1535 1.551
-33 240 0.17 23 1577 1.596
-32 250 0.181 24 1620 1.641
-31 261 0.193 25 1664 1.688
-30 273 0.206 26 1708 1.735
-29 283 0.216 27 1754 1.784
-28 295 0.229 28 1801 1.834
-27 307 0.242 29 1848 1.884
-26 319 0.255 30 1897 1.937
-25 332 0.268 31 1946 1.989
-24 345 0.282 32 1996 2.042
-23 359 0.297 33 2048 2.098
-22 373 0.312 34 2100 2.153
-21 388 0.328 35 2153 2.21
-20 403 0.344 36 2208 2.268
-19 418 0.36 37 2263 2.327
-18 434 0.377 38 2320 2.388
-17 450 0.394 39 2377 2.448
-16 467 0.412 40 2436 2.511
-15 484 0.43 41 2495 2.574
-14 502 0.45 42 2556 2.639
-13 520 0.469 43 2618 2.705
-12 538 0.488 44 2681 2.772
-11 558 0.509 45 2745 2.841
-10 577 0.53 46 2810 2.91
-9 597 0.551 47 2876 2.98
-8 618 0.573 48 2944 3.053
-7 639 0.596 49 3013 3.126
-6 661 0.619 50 3083 3.201
-5 684 0.644 51 3154 3.277
-4 707 0.668 52 3226 3.353
-3 730 0.693 53 3300 3.432
-2 754 0.718 54 3374 3.511
-1 779 0.745 55 3450 3.592
0 804 0.772 56 3528 3.675
1 830 0.799 57 3606 3.759

318
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Absolute pressure Temperature Absolute pressure
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kPA) (°C) (kPA)
2 857 0.828 58 3686 3.844
3 884 0.857 59 3767 3.93
4 912 0.887 60 3849 4.018
5 940 0.917 61 3932 4.106
6 969 0.947 62 4017 4.197
7 999 0.979 63 4103 4.288
8 1030 1.012 64 4190 4.381
9 1061 1.046 65 4278 4.475
10 1093 1.08 66 4367 4.57
11 1125 1.114 67 4457 4.666
12 1159 1.15 68 4548 4.763
13 1193 1.186 69 4639 4.86
14 1228 1.224 70 4731 4.958
15 1263 1.261 71 4893 5.13

Low-pressure sensor features (R410A)


Temperature Absolute pressure Temperature Absolute pressure
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kPA) (°C) (kPA)
-70 36 0.369 -14 502 1.301
-69 38 0.373 -13 520 1.337
-68 40 0.377 -12 538 1.373
-67 43 0.383 -11 558 1.413
-66 46 0.389 -10 577 1.451
-65 48 0.393 -9 597 1.491
-64 51 0.399 -8 618 1.533
-63 54 0.405 -7 639 1.575
-62 57 0.411 -6 661 1.619
-61 61 0.419 -5 684 1.665
-60 64 0.425 -4 707 1.711
-59 68 0.433 -3 730 1.757
-58 72 0.441 -2 754 1.805
-57 76 0.449 -1 799 1.895
-56 80 0.457 0 804 1.905
-55 84 0.465 1 830 1.957
-54 89 0.475 2 857 2.011
-53 94 0.485 3 884 2.065
-52 99 0.495 4 912 2.121
-51 104 0.505 5 940 2.177
-50 109 0.515 6 969 2.235
-49 115 0.527 7 999 2.295
-48 121 0.539 8 1030 2.357
-47 127 0.551 9 1061 2.419
-46 133 0.563 10 1096 2.489
-45 140 0.577 11 1125 2.547
-44 146 0.589 12 1159 2.615
-43 154 0.605 13 1193 2.683

319
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
Temperature Absolute pressure Temperature Absolute pressure
Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
(°C) (kPA) (°C) (kPA)
-42 161 0.619 14 1228 2.753
-41 168 0.633 15 1263 2.823
-40 176 0.649 16 1300 2.897
-39 184 0.665 17 1337 2.971
-38 193 0.683 18 1375 3.047
-37 202 0.701 19 1413 3.123
-36 211 0.719 20 1453 3.203
-35 220 0.737 21 1493 3.283
-34 230 0.757 22 1535 3.367
-33 240 0.777 23 1577 3.451
-32 250 0.797 24 1620 3.537
-31 261 0.819 25 1664 3.625
-30 272 0.841 26 1708 3.713
-29 283 0.863 27 1754 3.805
-28 295 0.887 28 1801 3.899
-27 307 0.911 29 1848 3.993
-26 319 0.935 30 1897 4.091
-25 332 0.961 31 1946 4.189
-24 345 0.987 32 1996 4.289
-23 359 1.015 33 2048 4.393
-22 373 1.043 34 2100 4.497
-21 388 1.073 35 2153 4.603
-20 403 1.103 36 2208 4.713
-19 418 1.133 37 2263 4.823
-18 434 1.165 38 2320 4.937
-17 450 1.197 39 2377 5.051
-16 467 1.231 40 2439 5.175
-15 484 1.265 — — —

320
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 4 Electric Specifications


Every unit should have corresponding short-circuit and overload protection. And also a main switch
is required to control Power or disconnection.

Please refer to the following table for the leakage protection switch and circuit breaker of outdoor
unit.

Maximum
Fuse Minimum Circuit Cross-sectional Area of
Power Overcurrent
Outdoor units Combination Capacity Ampacity Power Cable Conductor
Protection

V/Ph/Hz A A A mm²
440~460
VEP075N432
— V 3~ 25 19.6 25 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP096N432
— V 3~ 25 20 25 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP120N432
— V 3~ 30 21 30 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP132N432
— V 3~ 30 23.9 30 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP150N432
— V 3~ 30 24.2 30 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP171N432
— V 3~ 30 25 30 4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP196N432
— V 3~ 40 36.2 40 4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP210N432
— V 3~ 40 38 40 4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP240N432
— V 3~ 45 40.9 45 4*10.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP252N432
335+400 V 3~ 20+30 21.0+23.9 20+30 4*4.0+4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP270N432
335+450 V 3~ 20+30 21.0+24.2 20+30 4*4.0+4*4.0
G2
60Hz

321
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
440~460
VEP291N432
335+504 V 3~ 20+30 21.0+25.0 20+30 4*4.0+4*4.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP306N432
280+615 V 3~ 20+40 20.0+38.0 20+40 4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP330N432
335+615 V 3~ 20+40 21.0+38.0 20+40 4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP342N432
400+615 V 3~ 30+40 23.9+38.0 30+40 4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP367N432
504+560 V 3~ 30+40 25.0+36.2 30+40 4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP381N432
504+615 V 3~ 30+40 25.0+38.0 30+40 4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP406N432
560+615 V 3~ 40+40 36.2+38.0 40+40 4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP420N432
615+615 V 3~ 40+40 38.0+38.0 40+40 4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP450N432
615+680 V 3~ 40+45 38.0+40.9 40+45 4*6.0+4*10.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP480N432
680+680 V 3~ 45+45 40.9+40.9 45+45 4*10.0+4*10.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP487N432
335+504+560 V 3~ 20+30+40 21.0+25.0+36.2 20+30+40 4*4.0+4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP502N432
280+560+615 V 3~ 20+40+40 20.0+36.2+38.0 20+40+40 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP516N432
280+615+615 V 3~ 20+40+40 20.0+38.0+38.0 20+40+40 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP540N432
335+615+615 V 3~ 20+40+40 21.0+38.0+38.0 20+40+40 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP552N432
504+504+615 V 3~ 30+30+40 25.0+25.0+38.0 30+30+40 4*4.0+4*4.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP577N432
504+560+615 V 3~ 30+40+40 25.0+36.2+38.0 30+40+40 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP591N432
504+615+615 V 3~ 30+40+40 25.0+38.0+38.0 30+40+40 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP616N432
560+615+615 V 3~ 40+40+40 36.2+38.0+38.0 40+40+40 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP630N432
615+615+615 V 3~ 40+40+40 38.0+38.0+38.0 40+40+40 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP660N432
615+615+680 V 3~ 40+40+45 38.0+38.0+40.9 40+40+45 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*10.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP690N432
615+680+680 V 3~ 40+45+45 38.0+40.9+40.9 40+45+45 4*6.0+4*10.0+4*10.0
G2
60Hz
440~460
VEP720N432
680+680+680 V 3~ 45+45+45 40.9+40.9+40.9 45+45+45 4*10.0+4*10.0+4*10.0
G2
60Hz

322
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

440~460
VEP711N432 335+504+615+ 20+30+40+ 21.0+25.0+38.0+ 20+30+40+
V 3~ 4*4.0+4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP727N432 450+504+560+ 30+30+40+ 24.2+25.0+36.2+ 30+30+40+
V 3~ 4*4.0+4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP748N432 400+560+615+ 30+40+40+ 23.9+36.2+38.0+ 30+40+40+
V 3~ 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP762N432 450+615+615+ 30+40+40+ 23.9+38.0+38.0+ 30+40+40+
V 3~ 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP798N432 560+560+560+ 40+40+40+ 36.2+36.2+36.2+ 40+40+40+
V 3~ 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP812N432 560+560+615+ 40+40+40+ 36.2+36.2+38.0+ 40+40+40+
V 3~ 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0
G2 615 40 38.0 40
60Hz
440~460
VEP831N432 504+615+615+ 30+40+40+ 25.0+38.0+38.0+ 30+40+40+ 4*4.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*10.
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 0
60Hz
440~460
VEP856N432 560+615+615+ 40+40+40+ 36.2+38.0+38.0+ 40+40+40+ 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*10.
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 0
60Hz
440~460
VEP870N432 615+615+615+ 40+40+40+ 38.0+38.0+38.0+ 40+40+40+ 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*6.0+4*10.
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 0
60Hz
440~460
VEP900N432 615+615+680+ 40+40+45+ 38.0+38.0+40.9+ 40+40+45+ 4*6.0+4*6.0+4*10.0+4*1
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 0.0
60Hz
440~460
VEP930N432 615+680+680+ 40+45+45+ 38.0+40.9+40.9+ 40+45+45+ 4*6.0+4*10.0+4*10.0+4*
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 10.0
60Hz
440~460
VEP960N432 680+680+680+ 45+45+45+ 40.9+40.9+40.9+ 45+45+45+ 4*10.0+4*10.0+4*10.0+4
V 3~
G2 680 45 40.9 45 *10.0
60Hz

NOTICE!
1. Copper-core cable which complies with local regulations must be applied.
2. According to on-site installation conditions, local regulations must be met.

323
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 5 Circuit Diagram


VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

324
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

325
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

Note: Refer to the mark on the unit for the actual circuit diagram.

326
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 6 Schematic Diagram


The outdoor unit of multi VRF unit can be realized by parallel combination of modules, and the
indoor unit can also be composed of multiple units in parallel. The working principle is as follows: when
the indoor unit is running in the cooling mode, the outdoor unit starts the outdoor module according to
the running load demand of the indoor unit. The outdoor heat exchanger is used as the condenser of the
system, and the heat exchangers of indoor units are connected in parallel as the evaporator of system. It
realizes the adjustment of the air temperature and humidity for indoor space through the return air
circulation of the indoor unit; when the indoor unit is in the heating mode, all the four-way valves of the
outdoor unit module are switched to the energizing state, the outdoor heat exchanger is used as the
evaporator of the system and the heat exchanger of indoor unit is used as the condenser of the system.
The air temperature and humidity in the indoor space is realized by the return air circulation of the indoor
unit.
Working principle diagrams:
System principle diagram of VEP075N432G2,VEP096N432G2,VEP120N432G2

327
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual
System principle diagram of VEP132N432G2,VEP150N432G2,VEP171N432G2

328
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

System principle diagram of VEP196N432G2,VEP210N432G2,VEP240N432G2

329
Lennox VRF HE DC Inverter Units Service Manual

Appendix 7 Names and Functions of Components


No. Name Main Functions
The compressor changes its speed according to the actual system need for
1 Compressor
capacity adjustment.
Electrical heating belt of In the standby state, the oil temperature of the compressor is guaranteed to
2
the compressor prevent backflow.
Shell top temperature
The exhaust temperature of the compressor is detected to achieve the
3 sensor of the inverter
purpose of controlling and protecting the compressor.
compressor
Discharge temperature
The exhaust temperature of the compressor is detected to achieve the
4 sensor of the inverter
purpose of controlling and protecting the compressor.
compressor
When the exhaust pressure of the compressor exceeds the action value of the
5 High pressure switch high-pressure switch, the feedback signal immediately stops the operation of the
whole unit to achieve the purpose of protecting the compressor.
It separates the system's gas and oil to ensure the reliability of the
6 Oil separator
compressor.
7 Oil return solenoid valve It is used to control the connection of the compressor return oil pipeline.
Enthalpy-adding
8 electronic expansion It is used to control the EVI capacity of the compressor.
valve
It prevents high pressure gas from entering the compressor and quickly
9 One-way valve
balances the pressure on the compressor.
It detects real-time high voltage values of the system, protects the
10 High pressure sensor
compressor and realizes other control purposes.
11 4-way valve It is used for cooling and heating switching of the IDU.
12 Heat exchanger It is used for outdoor heat exchange.
13 Fan It improves the heat exchange efficiency.
Defrosting temperature
14 It is used to detect defrosting.
sensor
Heating electronic
15 It adjusts the refrigerant in heating mode
expansion valve
Air by-pass valve/Gas It is used to defrost the heat gas bypass and bottom of the outdoor heat
16
bypass solenoid valve exchanger.
17 One-way valve It is used to control the flow direction of refrigerant.
Electronic expansion It is used to control the liquid pipe refrigerant subcooling degree during the
18
valve of the sub-cooler cooling operation of the system and reduce the loss of the pipeline capacity.
19 Sub-cooler It is used to control the liquid pipe subcooling degree.
Liquid outlet temperature
20 It is used to detect the liquid pipe temperature.
sensor of the sub-cooler
Inlet temperature sensor It is used to check the inlet temperature of the gas-liquid separator to
21
of the gas-liquid separator prevent liquid refrigerant from entering the system.
Gas inlet temperature
22 It is used to detect the gas pipe temperature.
sensor of the sub-cooler
It is used to detect the low pressure of the system and prevent the operation
23 Low pressure sensor
pressure from being too low.
It separates the gas and liquid and prevents liquid refrigerant from entering
24 Gas-liquid separator
the compressor.
Outlet temperature sensor It is used to detect the internal state of the gas-liquid separator and further
25
of the gas-liquid separator control the suction state of the compressor.
26 Capillary It throttles flows and reduces pressure.
27 Liquid valve It is closed after the unit is delivered from the factory.
28 Gas valve It is closed after the unit is delivered from the factory.
Low pressure measuring It is used to detect the system's operation low pressure value and refrigerant
29
valve charging.
30 Unloading valve It prevents a dead zone in the pipeline, which may cause over high pressure.
31 Gas bypass valve It is used to prevent the operation pressure from being too high or too low.
Solenoid valve of the It is used to control the flow direction of refrigerant for the enthalpy injection
32
sub-cooler of the sub-cooler.
Low-temperature
33 It is used to control the connection of the compressor return oil pipeline.
oil-return solenoid valve

330

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy